Upload
duongkhanh
View
213
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
CATALOGUEPRODUCT
member company of
Spanish national association of mortar manufacturersecological
mortars
Pág. 3
TECHNICAL MORTARSaplicaTec Steel RebarsaplicaTec Repair R4 PCCaplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCCaplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCCaplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCCaplicaTec GroutaplicaTec Grout SRaplicaTec Grout ARaplicaTec Thick Grout
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVESaplicaCer Grey or White CEaplicaCer Thick-Set Large Format CEaplicaCer Thick-SetaplicaCer Plaster Special CEaplicaCer Outdoor C1TaplicaCer Special C1TEaplicaCer Plasterboard C1TE S1aplicaCer Max C1TE S1 aplicaCer Plus C2EaplicaCer Super C2TE aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set C2TaplicaCer Porcelain C2TE S1aplicaCer Flex C2TE S1aplicaCer Flex Rapid C2FT S1aplicaCer Super Flex C2TE S2aplicaCer Fluid C2FE S1aplicaCer Adhesive Paste D1 aplicaCer Flooring C2
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONELITONEX Macael WhiteLITONEX OutdoorsLITONEX Porous
TILE GROUTSaplica Color 0-15aplica Epoxy Jointaplica Ceramic Protectoraplica Cement Removeraplica Lechada
SPECIAL MORTARSaplica Dryaplica Glassaplica Insulationaplica Refratoryaplica Plugging Mortaraplica Prompt
FINISHING MORTARSaplicaRev One-Coat RMaplicaRev One-Coat PaplicaRev One-Coat PrinteraplicaRev TopaplicaRev Thin-SetaplicaRev Spray-On HaplicaRev Spray-OnaplicaRev Fix
ECOLOGICAL FINISHING MORTARS (aplicaRev Lime)aplicaRev Lime Undercoat MortaraplicaRev Lime Rendering MortaraplicaRev Lime Stucco
TX ECOLOGICAL FINISHING MORTARSaplicaRev Spray-On TX DepollutingaplicaRev Spray-On TX Self-CleaningaplicaRev Thin-Set TX DepollutingaplicaRev Thin-Set TX Self-Cleaning
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARSaplicaRev Acrylic MortaraplicaRev Acrylic UndercoataplicaRev Renovation
ADDITIVESaplica Latex Multipurposeaplica Façade Waterproofer
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARSaplica LevelFastaplica Level
MASONRY MORTARSaplicaSec White and GreyaplicaSec White and Grey HaplicaSec Grey SRaplicaSec Grey H SR
Page 14
Page 38
Page 86
Page 98
Page 112
Page 126
Page 150
Page 166
Page 176
Page 186
Page 192
Page 202
Depollutingand Self-Cleaning
Index
ecologicalmortars
ecologicalmortars
Pág. 4
The Strength of a Great Group
Top-Quality Solutions
LÓPEZ GUILLÉN
APLICA MORTEROS
LÓPEZ GUILLÉN began trading in 1880, working in the maritime and agricultural product exportation sectors.
Our company nature means that we are committed to listening and responding to our customers needs, offering
quick, effective and top-quality solutions to ensure they are completely satisfied.
The company developed to become a Group, Grupo López Guillén, and over the years we have turned changes
and problems into opportunities to grow.
GRUPO LÓPEZ GUILLEN is constituted by a number of companies with growth and leadership vocation in its two
main strategic business lines: integral logistics and manufacturing and commercialisation of adhesives, chemical
products and special products for building sector. We are continuously expanding and consolidating our range of
services to meet demand, which is growing and becoming more specific each day.
All this is possible thanks to a great team of highly-qualified, professional staff, who strive to offer excellent
customer service and to generate new business for the Group.
Aplica Morteros Especiales is taking on the challenge of leading the special cement-based mortars market. After a period of great expansion, APLICA has become one of the top five most important special mortar manufacturers in Spain. We have reached this position by strengthening our commitment to sustainable development, the care on the environment by offering environmentally-friendly products, and the development of special products using the latest available technology.
For this, we have highly advanced facilities in Spain, with a manufacturing capacity that provides us a total guarantee to cover the needs of such a dynamic and exigent market like building market.Aplica Business Lines in Spain and in international market are: •HousingRehabilitation •OldBuildingsandHeritageArchitectureRehabilitation •PublicandCivilWorks •Edification
Aplica’s scientific knowledge has led to the development of solutions and products for: •Tiling •Finishing •Decoration •Environmentally-friendlymortars •Technical,concreterepair,anchoring,cosmeticandsealingmortars •Self-levellingmortars •Chemicaladditives •Insulationandwaterproofing
We put at your entire disposition our sales and customer service departments, highly professional staff teams.
Pág. 5
Research and QualityAPLICA’S COMMITMENT WITH R&D&I
APLICA’S QUALITY COMMITMENT
Our facilities are designed to develop as requirements change, and to provide solutions which are adapted to
new challenges, always conscious that construction market is becoming more and more demanding in terms of
quality and variety of materials.
Nowadays, Aplica has one of the most advanced laboratories referring to staff, research and development
techniques, as well as latest technology equipment to reach the highest quality standards on its products.
For this, Aplica also signs out innovation projects with Universities and Technological Centres to develop specific
products for building market and to search total quality in our manufacturing control.
ISO 9001:2000 standard is a group of guidelines established by International Organization for Standardization
(ISO) that APLICA has been applying since its beginning.
The implantation of this standard, although it means an intensive work, offers a great number of advantages for
our clients.
The main benefits are:
•Reductiononrejectionsandincidentsinthemanufacturingprocessorcustomerservice
•Highercommitmentwithcustomerrequirements
•Continuousimprovement
Pág. 6
It is necessary to have an universal indicator that will evaluate company efforts to reach a trustable and optimum environment protection.
As a result, APLICA is committed to adhering to the ISO 14000 international environmental standards.
APLICA carries out all its business activities wishing to be sustainable in all its action sectors, being conscious that looking into the future it must take a preventive attitude to be able to recognise the need of integrating the environment factor in its business decisions.
Furthermore, APLICA is increasing its commitment with the ENVIRONMENT by creating a range of environmentally friendly mortars that, despite of less polluting than cement based mortars, they can eliminate CO2 (main cause of global warming).
Within ecological mortars range, APLICA develops mortars for façades decoration and rehabilitation, of historical buildings as well as new housings where a sustainable building practice is necessary.
APLICA will continue to work hard over these principles, with the ultimate aim of generating wealth and prosperity in the areas where we are present.
All this allows us to face next years with optimism, carrying out a project that creates value for all: shareholders, clients, staff and societies where we develop our activities. Experienced growth by our team in only 7 years, answers the business challenge proposed by APLICA in its Strategic Plan. This is a challenge that has in people, in their integrity, its main value.
We firmly believe in people value. This is why APLICA bets for the implication of our team in a project throughout measures that favour the conciliation of family and professional life. In APLICA we want to create a working environmentofhighestqualitygovernedbyprinciplesofLoyalty,TeamSpirit,Work,AbilityandHonesty.
aplica’s Environment Commitment
ecologicmortars
Pág. 7
APLICA AROUND THE WORLD
Grupo López Guillén has a wide range of experience gained over the course of more than 130 years working in international markets and providing its logistics services. Our current leading role in the sector contributes to the growth of our business in Spain and the expansion of our activities around the world.
Over the last seven years, our capacity and production rates have grown in such a way that we have developed a complete range of technical solutions for finishes, public works, concrete repairs and the restoration of houses, old buildings and heritage architecture, always adapted to the needs of our different local and international markets.
Aplica is one of the most important manufacturers of special products for the building sector in Spain, and its products and services are used in more than 10 different countries, providing solutions for the construction industry in many different areas.Aplica is focusing its international expansion on three large regions: Europe, North Africa and the Middle East. The company therefore has distribution and manufacturing agreements with companies in various countries.
Broadening Horizons
Pág. 8
Broadening Horizons
APLICA FACTORY
CAPA FACTORY
DISTRIBUTION CENTRES
FORESEEN DISTRIBUTION CENTRES
NEW MARKETS
AREAS OF INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION
EuropeNorth Africa
Near East
Central AmericaEast Asia
AREAS OF INFLUENCE
Pág. 10
WATER ABSORPTION:Capacity of an application surface or ceramic tile to absorb water as a result of its effective porosity.
ADHESION:Maximum bond strength between the finish and the application surface, per unit of surface area, measured using a traction test.
MECHANICAL ADHESION:Type of bond between two solids – one, in liquid form, penetrates the pores of the other. This explains certain mechanisms of adhesion between rough and porous materials such as, for example, porous ceramics and cement-based adhesives.
CHEMICAL ADHESION:Chemical bonds between the adhesive material and the application surface or ceramic finish. This type of adhesion is typical of cement-based adhesives which contain high levels of polymeric resins.
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE:Alsocalledadhesivecement.Designedtobeusedtolayceramicandnaturalstonetiles.Itsmainingredientsarecement and water-soluble synthetic resins. Regulated by Spanish Regulation UNE EN 12004, category C.
RESIN-BASED DISPERSION ADHESIVE:Also known as adhesive paste. Sold ready-to-use and used to lay ceramic tiles. Its main ingredients are aqueous dispersionsofsyntheticresins.RegulatedbySpanishRegulationUNEEN12004,categoryD.
REACTIVE RESIN ADHESIVE:Also known as epoxy adhesive. Used for laying ceramic and natural stone tiles. Its main ingredients are epoxy resins. There are normally two separate components. Regulated by Spanish Regulation UNE EN 12004, category R.
WARP:Used to describe the effect when a tile is displaced, either upwards or downwards, moving out of line with the theoretical plane defined by its vertexes.
VAPOUR BARRIER:A flat sheet of material which does not allow water vapour or water to pass through it.
BISCUIT:A ceramic clay tile which has not been glazed and/or engobed, which has the natural colour of ceramic paste once it has been shaped, dried and fired.
CAPILLARY ACTION:Measurement of a set mortar’s capacity to absorb water.
SURFACE CARBONATION:Phenomenon which takes place with cement-based finishes, as a result of the lime drawn to the surface during the drying process.
SLAB THICKNESS:The thickness of a slab, normally given in centimetres. Usually between 30 and 45 cm.
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE TOPPING:Concrete or mortar floor which, once hardened, is mechanically strong enough to bear the dynamic and static loads to which the paving will be subjected. These are mostly floating floors of a certain compressibility, placed on top of separation, uncoupling or insulation layers. Mortars with the required characteristics are used for these floors. Some structural toppings have an electro-welded steel mesh in the middle so that any compressive stress is distributed as evenly as possible.
LEVELLING SCREED:Mortar applied to walls and floors in order to level out any irregular sections. This is not a finishing layer.
Glossary of Technical Terms
Pág. 11
LOAD DISTRIBUTION LAYER:The same as the structural concrete topping.
WETTING ABILITY:Ability of cement-based adhesive to stick to the back of a tile. Expressed as a percentage (surface area compared to total surface area of the tile) for a specific period of time.
BRUSHING:Method of preparing surfaces either manually or mechanically. Specially recommended for the elimination of any rust on reinforcement bars.
TILING WITHOUT MORTAR:Method of laying ceramic tiles without any joints between them. The sides of the tiles come into contact with each other. This method of tiling is not validated according to regulations in other countries, as it does not allow tiles to expand and can result in those tiles becoming loose.
THIN-SET TILING:Method of laying tiles using a toothed trowel. First, the material is spread onto the application surface using the smooth side of the trowel. It is then brushed using the toothed side of the trowel.
THICK-SET TILING:This is a traditional tiling method which is not currently standardised. Using this method, the product is applied directly on top of the application surface with no need for rendering the surface beforehand. By applying a thick coat, any irregularities on the application surface can be levelled out.
BONDING MATERIALS:Bonding (or adhesive) materials are those which turn into pastes when mixed with water, then solidify and become stiff. They are used to join together or bond two materials, forming a paste known as a mortar. The most commonly-used bonding materials are plaster, lime and cement.
TRANSVERSE DEFORMATION:Deformationwhichtakesplaceinthecentreofalayerofhardenedadhesive.Usedtoassessthedeformabilityofthe adhesive.
SLIP:Downwardsmovement, resulting fromgravity, of a ceramic tile laid on freshly-laid adhesive on a vertical orinclined surface.
DOUBLE-GLUING TECHNIQUE:Method of applying an adhesive material both on the application surface and on the back of the tiles to be laid. This ensures that the adhesive fills all grooves and that the tiles will stick onto the surface perfectly.
EFFLORESCENCE:Formation of stains which are normally white in colour. They are caused by the evaporation of water which dissolves certain salts and deposits them on the surface of a material.
RENDERING:Rendering refers to a process carried out on mortars applied to exterior or dividing walls, with the aim of levelling out the surface, protecting the walls or even finishing the surface.
SETTING:Chemical process that causes the loss of consistency of the binder.
DEFLECTION:The maximum amount of sag (concavity) which occurs in the centre of a floor structure, i.e. the distance between the theoretical plane and the final position of the centre of the floor as a result of its own weight, material load, and the yield loads of the structure.
GRINDING:Mechanical method of preparing a surface. This gives the top of the surface a very rough texture.
Glossary of Technical Terms
Pág. 12
TROWELLING:The smoothing out of a layer of mortar using a trowel.
WATER RESISTANT:Characteristic of a mortar with additives, where its capacity for water circulation through pores is limited after it has set.
HYGROTHERMAL:Used to refer to the size variation of a ceramic tile due to the combined effects of changes in temperature and humidity of the material and the environment.
CAPILLARY HUMIDITY:Phenomenon through which water rises up a network of capillaries in a material until it reaches a certain height.
HUMIDITY OF APPLICATION SURFACE:Percentage of water contained in the application surface in relation to the total weight of that surface.
PRIMER:Product usually used on porous surfaces or those with low porosity, to improve their mechanical properties and make them suitable for subsequent treatment, or to isolate two incompatible materials.
STRUCTURAL JOINTSWhen an application surface has structural joints, matching structural joints should be left between tiles. Structural joints between tiles must reach the application surface, including the uncoupling layer (if applicable), and they should be at least as wide as the structural joint on the application surface.
PERIMETER JOINTS:These joints should be left around the edges of the horizontal surfaces to be tiled, next to walls, pillars or areas where the height of the surface increases. These joints are used to prevent finishing materials or adhesives from coming into contact with these elements in order to avoid the accumulation of stress.
INTERMEDIATE JOINTS:Large ceramic tile surfaces should be subdivided (when they are being laid) into other, smaller areas delimited by partition joints, the purpose of which is to avoid accumulated expansion and shrinkage.
JOINTS BETWEEN TILES :These are the gaps (joints) which separate each tile from those around it. These joints should never be less than: •1.5mmwideforindoortiles. •5mmwideforoutdoortiles.
GROUT:Fluid mortar made with white cement and fine sand, used to fill in joints between floor and wall tiles.
TROWEL:Masonry tool with a flat rectangular surface and a handle. Used to level out a layer of mortar or to spread a material over a surface.
TOOTHED TROWEL:Steel rectangular trowel, with two edges - one smooth edge and one with teeth of different sizes – to brush cement-based adhesives into grooves of a certain size. The type of toothed trowel used depends on the size of the tile and the thickness of the adhesive used.
SPAN:The distance between supports on the floors, usually pillars. For any type of floor, the thickness of the floor (depth) and the span can be used to calculate the expected theoretical deflection. It is important to know the predicted deflection in order to predict the stability level of a modular rigid finish such as ceramic tiles.
CURE TIME:
Glossary of Technical Terms
Pág. 13
Characteristic of fresh mortars and adhesives containing resin additives, linked to the period of time which must pass between the end of the mixing process and the moment when it is ready to use. Also used to describe the hardening process of a cement and/or lime-based mortar.
SCREED:Accurately-levelled strip of material used as a guide for the even application of a screed render, levelled floor or a configuration layer of coated slope. Also used to refer to square or rectangular guides which are used for the same purpose for laying levelled floors with a mortar screed (normally semi-dry). When applying a mortar screed, it is usually advisable to use different compositions than those used for filling mortars, as differential shrinkage and cracks can occur between the screed and the filling mortar.
ELASTIC MODULUS:The relationship between an applied force and the deformation undergone by a material. A high modulus indicates reduced elasticity and vice versa.
DRY PARTITION:This the name of the technique used for building interior walls without using mortars (including plaster pastes). Used to refer to walls made with plasterboard, wood, prefabricated walls made with compound materials, etc.
WATER VAPOUR DIFFUSION:Capacity of water vapour to diffuse through a material in different seasons, by unit of surface area and material thickness and the unit representing the difference between water vapour pressure on both sides.
REDISPERSIBLE RESIN:An organic additive which increases chemical adhesion, improving the tensile strength of mortars.
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH:Value of the maximum uniformly-distributed load which can be applied before a mortar surface breaks.
WATER RETAINERS:Additives which regulate water loss in mortars and facilitate the hydration of cement during the setting process.
SHRINKAGE:Measurement of the loss of volume of a mortar when it sets.
OPEN TIME:Maximum time period after the moment a cement-based adhesive is applied during which tiles can be laid with no loss of adhesive strength.
FINAL SETTING TIME:The minimum amount of time between the laying of floor tiles and the point where it is safe to walk on the tiles without damaging them.
THIXOTROPY:Used to refer to construction materials. Property which makes it easier to apply them on vertical surfaces and ceilings without slip.
VISCOSITY:Physical characteristic of materials related to their fluidity and ease of application. The higher the viscosity, the lower the fluidity, and vice versa.
Glossary of Technical Terms
Pág. 15
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RSTECHNICAL MORTARS
aplicaTec Steel RebarsACTIVE ANTICORROSION COATING FOR REBARS PROTECTION
aplicaTec Repair R4 PCCTHIXOTROPIC MORTAR FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS
aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCCFLUID, HIGHLY RESISTANT MORTAR FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS
aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCCSULPHUR-RESISTANT MORTAR FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIR IN THIN LAYER
aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCCPALE COLOUR MORTAR FOR COSMETIC CONCRETE REPAIRS AND SURFACE LEVELLING
aplicaTec GroutFILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS
aplicaTec Grout SRSULPHUR-RESISTANT CEMENT-BASED FILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS
aplicaTec Grout ARFILLING MORTAR FOR VERY HIGH STRENGTH METAL ANCHORINGS
aplicaTec Thick GroutFILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS IN THICK LAYER
Pág. 16
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
TECHNICAL MORTARS REPAIR RANGE
The European standard EN 1504 (Products and systems for the repair and protection of concrete structures) deals with all aspects of the repair process and / or protection of concrete structures. This standard has been fully implemented by CEN members from January 1, 2009. The emergence of legislation EN 1504, mandatory for CE marking of products, makes this area to be fully regulated and requires the development of new products. To meet its demands, aplica has launched a series of integrated solutions in response to these new requirements, which make up the aplicaTec® system, covering different ranges of application that require different types of work and conditions.The engineer specifier, the contractor, the manufacturer, the construction management, and in general any industry professional, must understand the requirements of the owner to repair the structure, meeting the requirements set by EN 1504.
Products and systems in the aplicatec Repair range can be used to repair, maintain, protect and reinforceexisting reinforced and mass concrete structures.Mortar types according to UNE-EN 1504-1:• CC: Hydraulic cement mortars• PCC: Polymer-modified hydraulic cement mortars• PC: Polymer-bound mortarsSpecifications for products for structural and non-structural repairs, for all or some uses, according toUNE-EN 1504-3:2006
Compressive strengthChloride content b
AdhesionControlled shrinkage/expansion c
Durability:a) resistance to carbonation dh
Durability:b) thermal compatibilitypart 1 or part 2 or part 4 of Standard EN 13687 eElastic modulusSlip resistance fThermal dilation coefficient eg
Capillary absorption (permeability to water) eh
repair principle
repair method
Methods for repairing defined in European Standard ENV 1504-9 19973.1 Concrete restoration applying mortar by hand3.2 Concrete restoration by filling with concrete3.3 Concrete restoration by spraying concrete or mortar4.4 Structure reinforcement by adding mortar or concrete7.1 Increasing structure covering with additional cementitious mortar or concrete7.2 Replacing contaminated or carbonated concrete
a Some test methods may be different as a result of the application method used. See Standard EN 14487-1b This requirement does not apply to non-reinforced concrete repairsc This test is not required for thermal cyclesd This test is not required when the repair system includes a surface protection system which guarantees protection from carbonation (see Standard EN 1504-2) or if a polymer-bound mortar is used
e Depending on environmental conditionsf Only applies to traffic areasg Only applies to polymer-bound mortars and concretes (PC)h Corrosion resistance is linked to the product’s chloride ion content and permeability to water
for all foreseen uses for certain foreseen uses
FEATURES
Pág. 17
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
TECHNICAL MORTARS REPAIR RANGE
a) A value of 0,8 MPa is not required when there is a cohesive break in the repair material. If a cohesive break occurs, a minimum tensile strength of 0,5 MPa is required.b) Not required for repair method 3.3.c) Not required for thermal cycles.d) Average value excluding individual values of less than 75% of the minimum requirement.e) Maximum permitted average fissure width of ≤ 0,05 mm. No fissures can be ≥0.1 mm wide and without delamination.f) For durability.g) Not suitable for protection against carbonation, except when the repair system includes a surface protection system which is proven to protect against carbonation (see European Standard EN 1504-2).h) Method choice depends on the laboratory conditions (temperature, humidity, etc.). If a product meets the requirements of part 1, also satisfies parts 2 and 4 requirements.
Requirements of products for structural and non-structural repairs according to UNE-EN 1504-3:2006
Compressive strengthChloride contentAdhesion
Thermal compatibility part 4: dry cycles
Capillary absorption
REQUIREMENTS FOR REPAIR PRINCIPLES 3, 4 AND 73.1 Concrete restoration applying mortar by hand.3.2 Concrete restoration by filling with concrete.3.3 Concrete restoration by spraying concrete or mortar.4.4 Structure reinforcement by adding mortar or concrete.7.1 Increasing structure covering with additional cementitious mortar or concrete.7.2 Replacing contaminated or carbonated concrete.
Thermal dilation coefficient
Slip resistance
Thermal compatibility part 2: stormy / rain
Thermal compatibility part 1: freeze / thaw
Elastic modulus
Carbonation resistance
Controlled shrinkage/expansion
Pág. 18
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
TECHNICAL MORTARS Repair Range
Repair Stages
Protection
Removal of non-durable concrete Cleaning
Repair / Regeneration
Sulphur-Resistant/Cosmetic Finishing Repair by Pouring
Pág. 19
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
TECHNICAL MORTARS Grout Range
The wide aplica Grout range for fillers and high-precision anchoring offers a specific product for each situation. The main features of mortars of aplica Grout range are: • High Fluidity: It is able to completely fill the void spaces under the support plates, avoiding to keep trapped air inside. It ensures a uniform distribution of loads this way.• High mechanical strength: Very high mechanical strength despite having a so fluid consistency.• Shrinkage-compensated: The mortar should always be in contact with the area to anchor. So, it is necessary to avoid loss of volume by shrinkage during hardening.• High density or compactness in the hardened state
Pouring under structural support plates
Pouring under structural support plates Working bench
Anchoring
Pág. 20
Coating of a cement-based component, corrosion inhibitor additives to protect steel, synthetic resins and silica fume.
•Steelrebars’cleaningmustbedonebymetal bristle brush or by sandblasting.•Iftheassemblyoftherepairsiteisfullyoxidized, extending the repair area to find the armor in good condition.
•Excellentadhesiontosteelandconcrete.•Barriereffectagainstwater.•Goodmechanicalproperties.•Resistanttoiceandchlorides.•Doesnotaffecttheanchoringofcoatedsteel.•Lightcolorforeasymonitoringoftheimplementation on site.•CompatiblewithaplicaTec® range of concrete repair mortars.•Easytoapply.•Non-toxic.
Mixing will be done by using an electric mixer at low rpm, until you obtain a completely smooth paste.
The consistency should be slightly liquid so that allows the application by stiff bristle brush.
Apply a layer of a millimeter thick on the clean steel rebar and wait five hours before applying a second layer of one millimeter thick. Wait five hours before applying the repair mortar.
The mortar can be sprayed by wet process.
1
2
3
4
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
REV_
02/1
0
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Steel bars protection
• Adhesion to steel
• Brush application
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
FEATURES
APPLICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
•Defensiveprotectivelayerofsteelrebars.•Steelrebars’protectionagainstcorrosioninconcrete repair works.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product gets dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec Steel RebarsACTIVE ANTICORROSION COATING FOR REBARS PROTECTION
Pág. 21
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaTec Steel Rebars is available in 6 kg paper sacks.
Storage: 12 months from manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaTec Steel RebarsACTIVE ANTICORROSION COATING FOR REBARS PROTECTION
aplicaTec Steel Rebars is part of a repair system comprising:
• aplicaTec Steel Rebars: Anti-corrosion primer.• aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC / aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC: Structural repair mortar.• aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCC / aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC: Levelling mortars and pore sealant.
aplicaTec® SYSTEM STRUCTURE
Pág. 22
aplicaTec RepairR4 PCCTHIXOTROPIC MORTAR FOR STRUCTURALCONCRETE REPAIRS CE mark R4 class for PCC in accordance with EN-1504-3 (Products for the protection and repair of concrete structures)
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Structural concrete repair
• Thixotropic
• Fibre-reinforced
DESCRIPTIONFibre-reinforced single-component mortar made ofcement, siliceous aggregate and synthetic resins.
FEATURES•Highinitialandfinalmechanicalresistance.•Highelasticmodulusforloadtransfer.•Compensatedshrinkage.•Resistanttocarbonation.•Freefromchlorides.•Lowchromatecontent.•Protectsmetalreinforcementsfromcorrosion.•Resistanttofreeze-thawcycles.•Highadherencewithnoneedforprimer.•Verylowpermeability.•Watervapourpermeable.•Ready-to-paintsurface.•Suitableforbothhorizontalandverticalsurfaces.•Forindoorandoutdooruse.
APPLICATION SURFACES•Theapplicationsurfacemustbepreparedbeforeapplication using manual or mechanical means to remove all the deteriorated concrete.•Thesurfacesonwhichtheproductisappliedmustbeclean, sound and free from oils, grease, paint, dust, cement grouts, etc.•Metalelementssuchasreinforcementbarsmustbefree from rust.
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Inunfavourableconditions,thesurfacemustbecured for at least 24 hours after the product has been applied.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.If the product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Gradually mix the mortar with water (3,5 - 4 litres per 25 kg sack).
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.
1
2
REV_
02/1
0
aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC is part of a repair system comprising:• aplicaTec Steel Rebars: Anti-corrosion primer.• aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC / aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC: Structural repair mortar.• aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCC / aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC: Levelling mortars and pore sealant.
aplicaTec® SYSTEM STRUCTURE
Pág. 23
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
aplicaTec Repair R4 PCCTHIXOTROPIC MORTAR FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
VALUES
14,5 % (3,625 l x sack)
Grey mortar
55,00 N/mm2
12,00 N/mm2
0,02 %
>2,00 N/mm2
>2,00 N/mm2
>2,00 N/mm2
>2,00 N/mm2
< MC control concrete (0,45)
26,0 Gpa
<0,5 Kg / (m2 h0,5)
2,1 Approx.
0-2 mm
5-40 mm
Approx. 1,8 Kg/m2 and mm thickness
30 minutes
Euroclass A1 y A1fl
TEST METHOD
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 1015:2000
UNE-EN 1542:1999
UNE-EN 12617-4:2002
UNE-EN 12617-4:2002
UNE-EN 13687-1:2002
UNE-EN 13295:2005
UNE-EN 13412:2002
UNE-EN 13057:2002
UNE-EN ISO 1182 and 1716
FEATURES
Mixing water
Colour
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Chloride content
Adhesion
Shrinkage
Expansion
Freeze-thaw cycling with de-icing salt immersion
Carbonation resistance
Elastic modulus
Capillary absorption
Densitywhenfresh(kg/l)
Grain size
Coat thickness
Consumption (dry mortar)
Mixture life *
Fire resistance
*Thistimemayvarydependingonenvironmentalandweatherconditions(21ºCand60%H)
Pág. 24
Fibre-reinforced single-component mortar made of cement, siliceous aggregate and synthetic resins.
•Theapplicationsurfacemustbepreparedbeforeapplication using manual or mechanical means to remove all the deteriorated concrete.•Thesurfacesonwhichtheproductisappliedmustbeclean, sound and free from oils, grease, paint, dust, cement grouts, etc.•Metalelementssuchasreinforcementbarsmustbefreefromrust.•Removethebackofconcretereinforcement.•Cuttheendsoftherepairtoensureaminimumapplication thickness of 5 mm.•ApplypreviouslyaplicaTecSteelRebarsforadditionalprotection or if the coating is less than 10mm.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwaterbeforethe product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
•Highfluidity.•Highinitialandfinalmechanicalresistance.•Highelasticmodulusforloadtransfer.•Compensatedshrinkage.•Resistanttocarbonation.•Freefromchlorides.•Lowchromatecontent.•Protectsmetalreinforcementsfromcorrosion.•Resistanttofreeze-thawcycles.•Highadherencewithnoneedforprimer.•Verylowpermeability.•Watervapourpermeable.•Ready-to-paintsurface.•Suitableforapplicationbytrowelorbypumpinginwet.•Forindoorandoutdooruse.•Fireclassification:A1fl.
Gradually mix the mortar with water (3,75 litres per 25 kg / 15 % sack). Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.
1
2
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Structural concrete repair
• Fluid repair
• Polymer-modified
• Fibre-reinforced
DESCRIPTION APPLICATION SURFACES
FEATURES
APPLICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
•Structuralintegrityrepairofhorizontalconcrete elements for direct disposal.•Repairandreinforcement(pillars,columns,walls...) using formwork release by increasing the carrying capacity of the structures.•Fillinggaps,cracks,chips,cornersofpillars…•Suitableforrepairworkaccordingtoprinciple3, method 3.1 and 3.3 of the standard UNE-EN 1504-9 and structural reinforcement work according to principle 4, method 4.4 of the UNE-EN 1504-9.
•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Neveraddwateronthemortarthathaslostits workability as it will lose its properties.•Inunfavourableconditions,thesurfacemustbecured for at least 24 hours after the product has been applied.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.If the product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCCFLUID, HIGHLY RESISTANT MORTAR FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS
CE mark R4 class for PCC according to EN-1504-3(Products and systems for the protection and repair of concrete structures.)
REV_
02/1
0
aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC is part of a repair system comprising:• aplicaTec Steel Rebars: Anti-corrosion primer.• aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC / aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC: Structural repair mortar.• aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCC / aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC: Levelling mortars and pore sealant.
aplicaTec® SYSTEM STRUCTURE
Pág. 25
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
*Thistimemayvarydependingonenvironmentalandweatherconditions(21ºCand60%H)
aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCCFLUID, HIGHLY RESISTANT MORTAR
FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS
VALUES
15 % (3,75 l x sack)
Grey mortar
66,30 N/mm2
10,30 N/mm2
0,02 %
2,7 N/mm2
2,7 N/mm2
2,5 N/mm2
2,5 N/mm2
< MC control concrete (0,45)
29,3 Gpa
0,1 Kg / (m2 h0,5)
2,1 Approx.
0-2 mm
5-40 mm
Approx. 1,7 Kg/m2 and mm thickness
30 minutes
Euroclass A1 y A1fl
TEST METHOD
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 1015:2000
UNE-EN 1542:1999
UNE-EN 12617-4:2002
UNE-EN 12617-4:2002
UNE-EN 13687-1:2002
UNE-EN 13295:2005
UNE-EN 13412:2002
UNE-EN 13057:2002
UNE-EN ISO 1182 and 1716
FEATURES
Mixing water
Colour
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Chloride content
Adhesion
Shrinkage
Expansion
Freeze-thaw cycling with de-icing salt immersion
Carbonation resistance
Elastic modulus
Capillary absorption
Densitywhenfresh(kg/l)
Grain size
Coat thickness
Consumption (dry mortar)
Mixture life *
Fire resistance
Pág. 26
Single-component mortar made of sulful-resistant cement, siliceous aggregate and synthetic resins.
•Theapplicationsurfacemustbepreparedbefore application using manual or mechanical means to remove all the deteriorated concrete.•Thesurfacesonwhichtheproductisappliedmustbe clean, sound and free from oils, grease, paint, dust, cement grouts, etc.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface. Apply the product when acquiring matt surfaces.
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Thin layer • R3 structural repair • Excellent workability
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
APPLICATIONS
FEATURES•Highmechanicalresistance.•Sulphur-resistant.•Highelasticmodulusforloadtransfer.•Compensatedshrinkage.•Resistanttocarbonation.•Freefromchlorides.•Lowchromatecontent.•Resistanttofreeze-thawcycles.•Highadherencewithnoneedforprimer.•Verylowpermeability.•Watervapourpermeable.•Ready-to-paintsurface.•Suitableforapplicationbytrowelorsprayedbywetprocess.•Suitableforbothhorizontalandverticalsurfaces.•Forindoorandoutdooruse.
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5ºC or above 35ºC.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Inunfavourableconditions(lowrelativehumidity,wind, sun, etc.), the surfaces must be cured for at least 24 hours after the product has been applied.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.If the product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec Thin RepairR3 PCCSULPHUR-RESISTANT MORTAR FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIR IN THIN LAYER
CE mark R3 class for PCC according to EN-1504-3(Products and systems for the protection and repair of concrete structures.)
Gradually mix the mortar with water (4 litres per 25 kg sack).Mix mechanically with clean water for 2-3 minutes at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.Apply the product in two layers manually. The first one must be applied with a 3-4 mm notched trowel.
12
3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
REV_
02/1
0
aplicaTec Thin Repair R4 PCC is part of a repair system comprising:• aplicaTec Steel Rebars: Anti-corrosion primer.• aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC / aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC: Structural repair mortar.• aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCC / aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC: Levelling mortars and pore sealant.
aplicaTec® SYSTEM STRUCTURE
Pág. 27
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCCSULPHUR-RESISTANT MORTAR FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIR IN THIN LAYER
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCC is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
*Thistimemayvarydependingonenvironmentalandweatherconditions(21ºCand60%H)
VALUES
16 % (4 l x sack)
Grey mortar
45,50 N/mm2
11,80 N/mm2
0,01 %
≥ 1,50 N/mm2
≥ 1,50 N/mm2
≥ 1,50 N/mm2
≥ 1,50 N/mm2
< MC control concrete (0,45)
24,7 Gpa
≤ 0,50 Kg / (m2 h0,5)
2,1 Approx.
< 1 mm
1-4 mm per layer
Approx. 1,8 Kg/m2 and mm thickness
45 minutes
TEST METHOD
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 1015:2000
UNE-EN 1542:1999
UNE-EN 12617-4:2002
UNE-EN 12617-4:2002
UNE-EN 13687-1:2002
UNE-EN 13295:2005
UNE-EN 13412:2002
UNE-EN 13057:2002
FEATURES
Mixing water
Colour
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Chloride content
Adhesion
Shrinkage
Expansion
Freeze-thaw cycling with de-icing salt immersion
Carbonation resistance
Elastic modulus
Capillary absorption
Densitywhenfresh(kg/l)
Grain size
Coat thickness
Consumption (dry mortar)
Mixture life *
Pág. 28
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Pale color similar to concrete
• R2 cosmetic repair
• Very smooth thin layer
Single-component mortar made of pale color cements, siliceous aggregates and synthetic resins.
DESCRIPTION
•Thesurfacesonwhichtheproductisappliedmustbe clean, sound and free from oils, grease, paint, dust, cement grouts, etc.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface. Apply the product when acquiring matt surfaces.
APPLICATION SURFACES
FEATURES•Palecoloursimilartoconcrete.•Verysmoothsurface.•Excellentadhesionwithoutusingtheprimer.•Thicknessupto5mm.•Compensatedshrinkagetoavoidcracking.•Thixotropic.•Verylowpermeability.•Watervapourpermeable.•Freefromchlorides.•Lowchromatecontent.•Resistanttocarbonation.
APPLICATIONS•Cosmeticandsurfacerepairofprecastparts.•Repairofconcretesurfacegrout’sdetachmentwhile removing formwork.•Surfaceandlevelingrepairofdamagedconcretesurfacesin structures, pillars, façades, etc.•Repairofedgesandsmallcracks.•Sealingofporesonconcreteandmortarapplication surfaces, filling gaps, gravel nest, etc.•Finerenderingonconcreteandmortar.•Forindoorandoutdooruse.•Suitableforbothhorizontalandverticalsurfaces.•Suitableforrepairworkaccordingtoprinciple3,method 3.1 and 3.3 and for preservation or restoration work of passivation according to principle 7, method 7.1 of the UNE-EN 1504-9.
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow 5ºC or above 35ºC.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Inunfavourableconditions(lowrelativehumidity,wind, sun, etc.), the surfaces must be cured for at least 24 hours after the product has been applied.•Donotapplytotraffickedsurfaces.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.If the product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC
PALE COLOUR MORTAR FOR COSMETIC CONCRETE REPAIRS AND SURFACE LEVELING
CE mark R2 class for PCC according to UNE EN 1504-3 (Products and systems for the protection and repair of concrete structures.)
Gradually mix the mortar with water(5,5 litres per 25 kg sack). Mix mechanically with clean water for 2-3 minutes at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.
Apply the product by using a trowel or a blade.
1
2
3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 29
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCCPALE COLOUR MORTAR FOR COSMETIC CONCRETE REPAIRS AND SURFACE LEVELING
TECHNICAL FEATURES
*This consumption is theoretical and it depends on the roughness of the application surfaces and the application technique. Tests on site should be done to determine exact consumption.**Thistimemayvarydependingonenvironmentalandweatherconditions(21ºCand60%H)
VALUES
22 % (5,5 l x sack)
Grey mortar
>15 N/mm2
>5 N/mm2
≥ 0,80 N/mm2
≤ 0,5 Kg / (m2 h0,5)
< 0,2 mm
< 5 mm
Approx. 1,4 Kg/m2 and mm thickness
30 minutes
<0,05%
>0,8 N/mm2
<MC control concrete (0,45)
TEST METHOD
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 12.190:1999
UNE-EN 1542:1999
UNE-EN 13057:2002
UNE-EN 1015-17:2000
UNE-EN 12.617-4:2002
UNE-EN 13295:2005
FEATURES
Mixing water
Colour
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Adhesion
Capillary absorption
Grain size
Coat thickness
Consumption (dry mortar) *
Mixture life **
Chloride content
Shrinkage/Expansion
Carbonation resistance
aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC is part of a repair system comprising:• aplicaTec Steel Rebars: Anti-corrosion primer.• aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC / aplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC: Structural repair mortar.• aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCC / aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC: Levelling mortars and pore sealant.
aplicaTec® SYSTEM STRUCTURE
Pág. 30
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Metal anchorings
• Fluid mortar
• High resistances
Fluid mortar made of shrinkage-compensating expansivecement, with high initial and long-term mechanical resistance and high bond strength with concrete. Ready to use – just add water. Free from chlorides.
Also available as a sulphur-resistant mortar, aplicaTec Grout SR (see product data sheet for specifications).
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS•Anchoringsformetalelements,concreteormachinery.•Fillingbedplatesbypouringundersupportplates.•Fillinghollowsinconcrete.•Supportingbeamsinbridges.•Fixingbolts.•Reinforcingconcreteelementsthroughcasing.•Suitableforuseinareaswithgypsum-richsoils.
APPLICATION SURFACES•Thesurfacesonwhichtheproductisappliedmustbe clean, sound and free from oils, grease and paint.•Anymetalelementsmustbefreefromrust.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Alwaysusetheexactamountofwaterspecified.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Thisproductisnotrecommendedforsurfacelevelling.•Whenfillingunderplates,alwaysensurethatthereisa hole through which the air displaced by the mortar can escape.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec GroutFILLING MORTAR FOR METALANCHORINGS
Gradually mix the mortar with water (3,5 litres per 25 kgsack).Donotusetoomuchwater.
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, fluid paste.
To make the best use of the mortar’s expansive properties, pour it on the application surface immediately after mixing.
1
2
3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 31
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
aplicaTec GroutFILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
aplicaTec Grout is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TABLE
EARLY STRENGTH
Mixing water Mixture density (kg/l) Approx. 2,2
Coat thickness 10-30 mm
Consumption
Grain size
14% (3,5 l x sack)
Grey mortar
71,00 N/mm2
8,26 N/mm2
Water (%)
Water (%)
Compressive strength (N/mm2)
Compressive strength (N/mm2)
12 hours 18 hours 24 hours
28 days
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
12% (3,0 l x sack) 52,1 77,6
14 % (3,5 l x sack) 44,2 71,0
16% (4,0 l x sack) 30,7 59,0
14 % (3,5 l x sack) 11,4 29,1 44,2
UNE-EN ISO 1182 and 1716
Colour
Compressive strength after 28 days (14% water)
Flexural strength after 28 days (14% water)
Approx. 2,00 kg/m2 and mm thickness
Pág. 32
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Sulphur-resistant
• Metal anchorings
• Fluid mortar
• Specially-designed for use in areas where sulphates are present
• Resistant to sea water
Fluid mortar made with sulphur-resistant shrinkage-compensating expansive cement, with high mechanical resistance and high bond strength with concrete. Ready to use – just add water.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS•Anchoringsformetalelements,concreteormachinery.•Fillingbedplatesbypouringundersupportplates.•Fillinghollowsinconcrete.•Supportingbeamsinbridges.•Fixingbolts.•Reinforcingconcreteelementsthroughcasing.•Suitableforuseinareaswithgypsum-richsoils.
APPLICATION SURFACES•Thesurfacesontowhichtheproductisappliedmust be clean, sound and free from oils, grease and paint.•Anymetalelementsmustbefreefromrust.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Alwaysusetheexactamountofwaterspecified.•Moistentheapplicationsurface.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Thisproductisnotrecommendedforsurfacelevelling.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cementlike product.•Whenfillingunderplates,alwaysensurethatthereisa hole through which the air displaced by the mortar can escape.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.If the product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec Grout SRSULPHUR-RESISTANT CEMENT-BASED FILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS, SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR COAST AREAS DUE TO ITS RESISTANCE TO SEA WATER AND AREAS WITH HIGH INDEX OF SULPHATES (GYPSUM).
Gradually mix the mortar with water (3,25 – 3,5 litres per 25kgsack).Donotusetoomuchwater.
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, fluid paste.
To make the best use of the mortar’s expansive properties, pour it onto the application surface immediately after mixing.
1
2
3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 33
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
aplicaTec Grout SRSULPHUR-RESISTANT CEMENT-BASED FILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS, SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR COAST
AREAS DUE TO ITS RESISTANCE TO SEA WATER AND AREAS WITH HIGH INDEX OF SULPHATES (GYPSUM).
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
aplicaTec Grout SR is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TABLE
EARLY STRENGTH
Mixing water Mixture density (kg/l) Approx. 2,25
Coat thickness 10-30 mm
Consumption
Grain size 0-3 mm
14% (3,5 l x sack)
Grey mortar
70,7 N/mm2
8,6 N/mm2
Water (%)
Water (%) Compressive strength (N/mm2)
24 hours
12 hours 18 hours 24 hours
Fire resistance
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
14 % (3,5 l x sack) 9,3 19,3 32,7
UNE-EN ISO 1182 and 1716
Colour
Compressive strength after 28 days (14% water)
Flexural strength after 28 days (14% water)
Pág. 34
Fluid mortar made of shrinkage-compensating expansive cement, with very high initial and long-term mechanical resistance and high bond strength with concrete. Ready to use – just add water. Free from chlorides.Also available as a sulphur-resistant mortar, aplicaTec Grout SR (see product data sheet for specifications).
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Metal anchorings
• Fluid mortar • High resistances
DESCRIPTION
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5ºC or above 35ºC.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Alwaysusetheexactamountofwaterspecified.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Thisproductisnotrecommendedforsurfaceleveling.•Whenfillingunderplates,alwaysensurethatthereisa hole through which the air displaced by the mortar can escape.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.If the product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
APPLICATIONS•Anchoringformetalelements,concreteormachinery.•Fillingbedplatesbypouringundersupportplates.•Fillinghollowsinconcrete.•Supportingbeamsinbridges.•Fixingbolts.
APPLICATION SURFACES•Thesurfacesontowhichtheproductisappliedmust be clean, sound and free from oils, grease and paint.•Anymetalelementsmustbefreefromrust.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
aplicaTec Grout ARFILLING MORTAR FOR VERY HIGH STRENGTH METAL ANCHORINGS
Gradually mix the mortar with water (2,6 litres per 25 kg sack).Donotuseexcesswater.
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm until you obtain a smooth fluid paste.
To make the best use of the mortar’s expansive properties, pour it onto the application surface immediately after mixing.
1
2
3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 35
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
aplicaTec Grout ARFILLING MORTAR FOR VERY HIGH STRENGTH METAL ANCHORINGS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
aplicaTec Grout AR is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TABLE
EARLY STRENGTH
Mixing water Mixture density (kg/l) Approx. 2,3
Coat thickness 10-40 mm
Consumption
Grain size
10,4% (2,6 l x sack)
Grey mortar
95,9 N/mm2
12,4 N/mm2
Water (%)
Water (%)
Compressive strength (N/mm2)
Compressive strength (N/mm2)
24 hours
12 hours 18 hours 24 hours
28 days
Fire resistance
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
9% (2,25 l x sack) 72,4 101,1
10,4 % (2,6 l x sack) 59,1 95,9
12% (3,0 l x sack) 48,8 87,0
10,4 % (2,6 l x sack) 20,6 43,7 59,1
Euroclass A1fl UNE-EN ISO 1182 and 1716
Colour
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Approx. 2,40 kg/m2 and mm thickness
Pág. 36
Fluid mortar made of shrinkage-compensating expansive cement, with very high initial and long-term mechanical resistance and high bond strength with concrete. Ready to use – just add water. Free from chlorides.
Also available as a sulphur-resistant mortar, aplicaTec Grout SR (see product data sheet for specifications).
•Thesurfacesontowhichtheproductisappliedmust be clean, sound and tree from oils, grease and paint.•Anymetalelementsmustbefreefromrust.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbesaturatedwithwater before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
Gradually mix the mortar with water (3,5 liter per 25 kg sack).Donotuseexcesswater.
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, fluid paste.
To make the best use of the mortar’s expansive properties, pour it onto the application surface immediately after mixing.
1
2
3
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• High thickness • Fluid mortar • High resistance
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
APPLICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
•Anchoringformetalelements,concreteormachinery.•Fillingbedplatesbypouringundersupportplates.•Fillinghollowsinconcrete.•Supportingbeamsinbridges.•Fixingbolts.•Reinforcingconcreteelementsthroughcasing.•Suitableforthicknessesbetween30and100mm. For lower thicknesses use aplicaTec Grout.
•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Alwaysusetheexactamountofwaterspecified.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Thisproductisnotrecommendedforsurfaceleveling.•Whenfillingunderplates,alwaysensurethatthereisa hole through which the air displaced by the mortar can escape.•Whenusedtofill,theminimumaperturesizeis10mm.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec Thick GroutFILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS IN THICK LAYER
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 37
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
aplicaTec Thick Grout is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaTec Thick GroutFILLING MORTAR FOR METAL ANCHORINGS IN THICK LAYER
TECHNICAL FEATURES
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TABLE
EARLY STRENGTH
Mixing water Mixture density (kg/l) Approx. 2,2
Coat thickness 30-100 mm
Consumption
Grain size 0-8 mm
14% (3,5 l x sack)
Grey mortar
68,2 N/mm2
10,2 N/mm2
Water (%)
Water (%)
Compressive strength (N/mm2)
Compressive strength (N/mm2)
12 hours 18 hours 24 hours
28 days
Fire resistance
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
12% (3,0 l x sack) 42,9 10/12/09
14 % (3,5 l x sack) 31,2 10/12/09
16% (4,0 l x sack) 23,7 10/12/09
10,4 % (2,6 l x sack) 11,6 25,8 31,2
Euroclass A1fl
Colour
Compressive strength 28 days after application (14% water)
Flexural strength 28 days after application (14% water)
Approx. 2,00 kg/m2 and mm thickness
Pág. 38
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
Two-component, flexible, waterproofing mortar made of cement, siliceous aggregates, synthetic resins, and additives.
The application surface must be clean, sound and free from oils, grease, paint, dust, cement grouts, bituminous waste, etc.Tensile strength must be > 1 N/mm2.If necessary, we recommend repairing the application surface 24 hours before applying the product by using a repair mortar of the aplicaTec Repair range.Absorbent surfaces should be saturated with water before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.Application will begin when application surfaces get a matt appearance.
Ratio by weight:Application by trowel: A:B = 1:4,5Application by brush: A:B = 1:3(A: liquid component / B: powder component)
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.
The application can be done by trowel, brush, long bristle roller and spraying machine.
aplicaTec Puente Fisuras PCC can be laid with or without a mesh. The junction between fiberglass meshes will be made by overlapping about 3-4 cm. Mesh must be completely covered.
Always apply two coats with a total thickness of 2 mm to waterproof.
Once the first coat has hardened (5 hours at 20 ºC), apply the second coat in perpendicular direction.
Wait a minimum curing time of 7 days before painting or before contact with water.
The finish can be accomplished by trowel.
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
• Flexible crack bridging
• Waterproofing mortar
• Resistant to chlorinated water
• Lime water resistant
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
•Semi-flexiblewaterproofingmortarforconcretestructures,mortarsurfaces,brickwork,blockwork…•Waterproofingsealofsurfacesbeforelayingceramictilesor natural stone.•Waterproofingcoatingsandsurfaceprotectionthatrequire flexibility on risk of small cracks.•Waterproofingfortanks,swimmingpoolsandcanals.•Balconyandterracewaterproofing.•Waterproofingoffoundations,pits,slabs,exteriorwalls,liftshafts and tunnels, etc.•Waterproofingforbasements,undergroundcarpark.•Protectionofsurfacesexposedtoicingandde-icingsalts.•Protectionforconcretestructuresinmarineenvironments.
•Donotapplytheproductattemperaturesbelow5ºC or above 35 ºC.•Asapre-dosedmortar,wateradditionisnotrequired.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Neveraddwateronthemortarthathaslostthe workability, properties will be lost.•Itisnotawalkablecoating.•Protectfromdirectsunlightand/orwind.•Efflorescencecanoccurinrainyandhumidweather. This does not affect the quality of the product.•aplicaTec Puente Fisuras PCC can be painted by using solvent-based paints. The curing time for applying paint is 7 days.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this based product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplicaTec Puente Fisuras PCCFLEXIBLE, WATERPROOFING MORTAR FOR CRACK BRIDGING
Liquid membrane for roof waterproofing, applied under ceramic tiles,CM-P type according to UNE-EN 14891:2008
REV_
03/1
2
Shake the liquid component before using. Gradually add the mortar on the liquid component until the desired consistency is achieved.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Pág. 39
TECH
NIC
AL
MO
RTA
RS
aplica TECHNICAL MORTARS
PACKAGING
FEATURES aplicaTec® SYSTEM STRUCTURE
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaTec Puente Fisuras PCC is available in 32 kg pre-measured batches (24 kg bag and 8 kg plastic bottle). Storage: up to 12 months after manufacturing date in suitable temperature and humidity conditions. The liquid component must be protected against frost.
•Waterproof•Highwatervaporpermeability•Lowelasticitymodulus,achievinghighflexibilityand reducing the risk of cracking. Ability to bridge small cracks•Suitableforpositiveandnegativepressure•Resistanttochlorinatedwater•Limewaterresistant•Slowstheprogressionofcarbonation•Excellentadhesion•Highresistancetoicinganddeicingsalts
aplicaTec Puente Fisuras PCC is part of a repair / waterproof system comprising:•aplicaTec Armaduras: Anti-corrosion primer for steel rebars.•aplicaTec Reparación (Fluido/Grueso) R4 PCC: Structural repair mortar. •aplicaTec Puente Fisuras PCC: Flexible, waterproofing mortar for concrete surface protection.•aplicaCer: Cement-based tile adhesive for laying ceramic or natural stone tiles (minimum class C1 according to the UNE EN 12004 Standard).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaTec Puente Fisuras PCCFLEXIBLE, WATERPROOFING MORTAR FOR CRACK BRIDGING
Colour Grey mortar -
Fresh density (Kg/l) Approx. 1,7 -
Grain size 0-0,3 mm -
Coat thickness 1-2 mm -
Consumption (dry mortar)* Approx. 1,7 Kg/m² and mm thickness -
Pot life 30-40 min -
Waterproofness test Water does not penetrate UNE-EN 14891:2008
*Consumption may vary depending on the surface roughness and its planeity.
Elongation capacity of the crack >1 mm
Initial strength >0,5 N/mm²
Adhesion after water immersion >0,5 N/mm²
Adhesion after heat >0,5 N/mm²
Adhesion after freezing and thawing cycles
Adhesion after immersion in lime water
>0,5 N/mm²
>0,5 N/mm²
Mixing ratio: Component A:Component B (by weight)
Features
1:4,5 (Trowel) 1:3 (Brush)
Values
-
Test Method
Adhesion after immersion in chlorinated water >0,5 N/mm²
UNE-EN 14891:2008
UNE-EN 14891:2008
UNE-EN 14891:2008
UNE-EN 14891:2008
UNE-EN 14891:2008
UNE-EN 14891:2008
UNE-EN 14891:2008
Pág. 41
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
aplicaCer Grey or White CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
aplicaCer Thick-Set Large Format CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
aplicaCer Thick-SetCEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR THICK-SET TILING
aplicaCer Plaster Special CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
aplicaCer Outdoor C1TCEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR PROFESSIONAL USE C1T
aplicaCer Special C1TEHIGH-PERFORMANCE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C1TE
aplicaCer Plasterboard C1TE S1CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR TILING ON PLASTERBOARD C1TE S1
aplicaCer Max C1TE S1 FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C1TE S1
aplicaCer Plus C2E HIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2E
aplicaCer Super C2TE HIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2TE
aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set C2THIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2T
aplicaCer Porcelain C2TE S1SPECIAL CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR PORCELAIN TILES C2TE S1
aplicaCer Flex C2TE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2TE S1
aplicaCer Flex Rapid C2FT S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2FT S1
aplicaCer Super Flex C2TE S2MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE SINGLE-COMPONENT TILE ADHESIVE
aplicaCer Fluid C2FE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2FE S1
aplicaCer Adhesive Paste D1 DISPERSION RESIN-BASED TILE ADHESIVE D1
aplicaCer Flooring C2 CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE WITH MIXED BONDING MATERIALS (POWDER APPLICATION)
Pág. 42
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES INTRODUCTION
Cement-based adhesives are used to tile indoor and outdoor floors and walls with ceramic tiles. European Standard EN 12004 defines them as a mixture of hydraulic bonding agents, mineral loads and organic additives, mixed with water or liquid admix just before use.
Cement-based adhesives are made up of a mixture of white or grey cement, silica or limestone mineral loads, and organic additives: water retainers, water-redispersible polymers, rheology modifiers, fibres, etc.
Definition
Composition
Pág. 43
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES INTRODUCTION
The most important properties of cement-based adhesives are:
ADHESION
The ability of a material to stick a tile to a particular application surface. The bondcapacity is expressed as maximum strength per unit of surface area, which can bemeasured in terms of tensile strength or shear adhesive strength.There are two different types of adhesion:
• Mechanical adhesion: this depends on the degree to which the glue or adhesivepenetrates the pores of the materials which are being used. This explains certainmechanisms of adhesion between rough and porous materials such as, for example,porous ceramics and cement.
• Chemical adhesion: chemical bonds which result from contact between the tile andthe adhesive. This explains, for example, adhesion between polymeric resin-basedadhesives and smooth, polished, non-absorbent surfaces.
Properties
STORAGE TIMEThe amount of time that the adhesive can be stored in the conditions specified bythe manufacturer without losing its properties.
WAITING TIMEThe amount of time between mixing the cement-based adhesive and the momentwhen it is ready to use.
USEFUL LIFEMaximum amount of time during which the adhesive can be used after it has beenmixed. This is usually 3 hours, except for quick-set adhesives which have a considerablyshorter useful life.
OPEN TIMEMaximum period of time after the moment the adhesive is applied during which tilescan be laid and all adhesion requirements are met.
WETTING ABILITYAbility of a brushed layer of adhesive to moisten the tile.
SLIPDownwards movement of a tile laid on a layer of brushed adhesive on a vertical orinclined surface.
ADJUSTMENT TIMETime during which the position of a tile laid using an adhesive can be adjusted withouta significant decrease in adhesive strength.
TRANSVERSE DEFORMATIONDeformation which takes place in the centre of a layer of hardened adhesive subjectedto a three-point load. This measure is used to determine the deformability of acement-based adhesive.
Pág. 44
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES STANDARDS
European standard UNE-EN 12004 applies to all ceramic tile adhesives used on indoor and outdoor walls and floors. CE marking for this type of product became enforceable in April 2004. The CE mark for cement-based adhesives certifies that a product complies with European standards relating to adhesive mortars.
This standard classifies adhesive mortars according to their adhesive properties and other additional properties:
Adhesives are classified according to their adhesive properties, as follows: • C1: normal adhesive. • C2: improved adhesive.Adhesives with additional properties are classified as follows: • F: fast setting adhesive. • T: adhesive with reduced slip. • E: adhesive with extended open time. • S1 (deformable adhesive), allowing deformation between 2,5 mm and 5 mm. • S2 (highly deformable adhesive), allowing deformation from 5 mm (or more).
Pág. 45
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES STANDARDS
MAIN FEATURES
OPTIONAL FEATURES
TRANSVERSE DEFORMATION
1A NORMAL SETTING ADHESIVE
1B FAST SETTING ADHESIVE
featuresInitial Adhesive Strength
Adhesive Strength After Water Immersion
AdhesiveStrengthAfterHeatAgeing
HighAdhesiveStrengthAfterFreeze-ThawCycling
Open Time: Adhesion
featuresSlip
featuresHighInitialAdhesiveStrengthHighAdhesiveStrengthAfterWaterImmersionHighAdhesiveStrengthAfterHeatAgeingHighAdhesiveStrengthAfterFreeze-ThawCycling
featuresInitial Adhesive StrengthAdhesive Strength After Water ImmersionOpen Time: Adhesion
S1 Deformableadhesiveswithatransversedeformationof≥2,5mmand<5mmS2 Deformableadhesiveswithatransversedeformationof>5mm
featuresOpen Time: Adhesion
featuresInitial Adhesive Strength
Open Time: Adhesion
All Other Requirements as Table 1A
requirement≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
requirement≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
requirement
requirement≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
requirement≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
requirement≥ 0,5 N/mm2
test methodUNE-EN 1348: 1997
UNE-EN 1348: 1997
UNE-EN 1348: 1997
UNE-EN 1348: 1997
UNE-EN 1346: 1997
test methodUNE-EN 1308: 1999
test methodUNE-EN 1348: 1997UNE-EN 1348: 1997UNE-EN 1348: 1997UNE-EN 1348: 1997
test methodUNE-EN 1348: 1997UNE-EN 1348: 1997UNE-EN 1346: 1997
test methodUNE-EN 1346: 1997
test methodUNE-EN 1348: 1997
UNE-EN 1346: 1997
UNE-EN 1348: 1997
1C SPECIAL FEATURES
1D ADDITIONAL FEATURES
1E ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ANNEX ZA FEATURES
(C1)
(F)
(T)
(C2)
(E)
Tile features for indoor use
after at least 20 minutes
for up to6 hours
after at least 20 minutes
Pág. 46
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES ON-SITE USE
• Concrete• Cement-based mortar renderings and finishings• Ceramic work• Pre-existing ceramics• Plasterboard• Plaster
CLASS 1 STABLE HORIZONTAL SURFACES:• Floor slabs with spans under 4 m which are more than 6 months old.• Concrete floors which are more than 6 months old.• Intermediate mortar layers which are more than 28 days old.
CLASS 2 UNSTABLE HORIZONTAL SURFACES:• Floor slabs with spans between 4 and 5 m or which are less than 4 months old.• Concrete floors which are more than 4 months old.• Intermediate mortar layers which are less than 28 days old but which have a surface moisture level of less than 3%.• Intermediate layers of low compressibility.
CLASS 1 STABLE VERTICAL SURFACES:• Pre-fabricated outside walls and concrete blocks.• Indoor brickwork which is more than two months old and outdoor brickwork which is more than 6 months old on class 1 slabs or floors.• Intermediate mortar layers which are more than 28 days old.
CLASS 2 UNSTABLE VERTICAL SURFACES:• Brickwork on class 2 slabs, or which is less than 2 months old (inside) or less than 6 months old (outside).• Intermediate mortar layers which are less than 28 days old but which have a surface moisture level of less than 3%.• Compressible intermediate layers.• Plasterboard layers.When checking (examining) the condition of the concrete and choosing which material to use, it is important to take into account the information obtained by carrying out the following tests and exams:
VISUAL INSPECTION. ANALYSIS OF ENVIRONMENT TYPE.The setting and environment in which the involved structure is located must be classified in accordance with the groups specified in the Spanish Standard for Structural Concrete (or the applicable standard in the country of use).
SURFACE TENSILE STRENGTH.Tested by applying direct traction using a digital dynamometer until a disk used for the purposes of the test is pulled off. The tensile strength of the work surface must be more than 1 N/mm2. Tensile strengths below this may be acceptable but a preliminary test must be first carried out.
SURFACE TEMPERATURE AND MOISTURE.Measured using a contact thermometer and humidity gauge. If residual moisture is more than 4%, synthetic or dispersion adhesives cannot be used.
LOCATION AND USE OF THE FINISHED PAVING.Both the finishing materials and the adhesive used must be suitable for the eventual purpose of the floors: indoor, outdoor, swimming pools, façades, business premises, etc.
Three different factors need to be taken into account when choosing which mortar should be used: the type of tile used, the type of application surface (substrate), and the location and intended use of the finished surface.
Type of Application Surface
Classification of Application Surfaces
Pág. 47
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
ON-SITE USE
FOR USERECOMMENDATIONS
Depending on the type of tile used, you will need to select an adhesive with lower or higher chemical adhesion. Tiles are split into the following groups in accordance with their absorption levels:
Before tiling a surface, it is important to think about a layout for the involved space. This should take intoaccount: The size of the tiles, size of joints, vertical alignment of surfaces and irregularities, right angles at changes of plane, location of electricity points and plumbing, layout at the top taking into account listels, borders, mouldings, furniture… You should also check the requirements set out in the project’s technical specifications.
Ceramic Tile Type
GROUP 1
GROUP 2A
GROUP 2B
GROUP 3
LOW ABSORPTION
MEDIUMABSORPTION
HIGH ABSORPTION
Low absorption rates mean that there are no pores. This does not allow mechanical adhesion. In these cases, the bonding force of polymers is required in addition to the cement.
Pág. 48
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR USERECOMMENDATIONS
1.1.- STRENGTHCheck that the surface is strong enough for the tiles. If it is not strong enough, fix the surface until it is firm and strong.
1.2.- CLEANINGCheck that the surface is clean and free from surface grout,loose areas, and traces of grease, release agents, dust, paint or plaster.
1.3.- FLATNESSCheck that the surface is suitably flat (3 mm with a 2 metreruler). If the surface is not level enough, ridges or bumps may form, resulting in a less attractive finishing.
1.4.- POROSITYCheck that the surface is absorbent and rough enough for the adhesive to take hold. Non-porous surfaces need to be primed beforehand to ensure that the adhesive will work. It is also advisable to treat smooth concrete and terrazzo surfaces with diluted hydrochloric acid to make them more porous.
1.5.- STABILITY OF THE APPLICATION SURFACECheck that the surface is stable and firm. This will ensure that the tiles stay in place for longer. The surfaces should be allowed time to settle and shrink. Generally speaking, brickwork should be left for one month, cement-based mortars for 28 days and concrete surfaces for 6 months. Some surfaces may require an uncoupling layer.
1.6.- MOISTUREThe application surfaces must not be excessively moist and no puddles should be present on the surface. They should not be affected by moisture caused by capillary rise.
1.- Preparing the Application Surface
days
%MOISTURE?
Pág. 49
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR USERECOMMENDATIONS
2.1.- MIXINGMix mechanically with the recommended amount of water until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.Once you have mixed the adhesive, leave it to stand for 5 minutes and mix again gently before applying.
2.2.- APPLYING THE ADHESIVESpread the product over the surface using a suitable toothed trowel.
Apply in small sections of a surface area of about 2 m2.
This helps to prevent the adhesive surface from drying out.
Place the tiles on top, pressing down and moving to ensure that the adhesive fills all the grooves. Always leave joints of a width of at least 1,5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. When tiling surface areas of more than 50 m2 indoors and 30 m2 outdoors, leave a partition joint between tiles every 5 m.
Check, periodically, that the adhesive is sticky enough by lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.
After 24 – 48 hours grout the tiles.
2.- Applying the Product
Pág. 50
OU
TDO
OR
FLO
ORS
IND
OO
R FL
OO
RS
IND
OO
R W
ALL
S
APPLICATIONSURFACE
TILE TYPE PRODUCT NOTESabsorption size
OU
TDO
OR
WA
LLS
absorption
MEDIUM/HIGH MEDIUM/LOW HIGH/MEDIUM/LOW
CEMENT MORTAR
APPLICATIONSURFACE
TILE TYPE PRODUCT NOTESabsorption size
PLASTER ANDPREFABRICATED PLASTER SURFACES
CERAMIC BRICK
LARGE FORMAT BRICK
CONCRETE
PLASTERBOARD (all types of plasterboard)
CERAMIC, TERRAZZO OR NATURAL STONE
CEMENT MORTAR
CONCRETE
CERAMIC BRICK
CEMENT MORTAR
CONCRETE
CERAMIC, TERRAZZO OR NATURAL STONE
CEMENT MORTAR
CONCRETE
CERAMIC, TERRAZZO OR NATURAL STONE
less than 40x40 cm
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
less than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
less than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
less than 30x30 cm
more than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
less than 30x30 cm
less than 35x35 cm
more than 35x35 cm
more than 35x35 cm
less than 30x30 cm
more than 30x30 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
Aplicacer Grey or WhiteAplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Plaster Special
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Thick-Set
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Thick Layer Large Format
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer PlasterboardAplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Adhesive Paste
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Adhesive Paste
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Plasterboard
Aplicacer Plasterboard
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDo not exceed heights of 2 m
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDo not exceed heights of 2 m
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDo not exceed heights of 2 m
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGHmore than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Grey or White Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 35x35cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 30x30 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 51
OU
TDO
OR
FLO
ORS
IND
OO
R FL
OO
RS
IND
OO
R W
ALL
S
APPLICATIONSURFACE
TILE TYPE PRODUCT NOTESabsorption size
OU
TDO
OR
WA
LLS
absorption
MEDIUM/HIGH MEDIUM/LOW HIGH/MEDIUM/LOW
CEMENT MORTAR
APPLICATIONSURFACE
TILE TYPE PRODUCT NOTESabsorption size
PLASTER ANDPREFABRICATED PLASTER SURFACES
CERAMIC BRICK
LARGE FORMAT BRICK
CONCRETE
PLASTERBOARD (all types of plasterboard)
CERAMIC, TERRAZZO OR NATURAL STONE
CEMENT MORTAR
CONCRETE
CERAMIC BRICK
CEMENT MORTAR
CONCRETE
CERAMIC, TERRAZZO OR NATURAL STONE
CEMENT MORTAR
CONCRETE
CERAMIC, TERRAZZO OR NATURAL STONE
less than 40x40 cm
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
less than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
less than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
more than 45x45 cm
less than 30x30 cm
more than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
less than 30x30 cm
less than 35x35 cm
more than 35x35 cm
more than 35x35 cm
less than 30x30 cm
more than 30x30 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
Aplicacer Grey or WhiteAplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Plaster Special
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Thick-Set
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Thick Layer Large Format
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer PlasterboardAplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Adhesive Paste
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Adhesive Paste
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Plasterboard
Aplicacer Plasterboard
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
/ SuperFlex
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDo not exceed heights of 2 m
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDo not exceed heights of 2 m
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDo not exceed heights of 2 m
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/LOW
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGHmore than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain Aplicacer Extra Thick-Set
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Fluid
Aplicacer Porcelain
Aplicacer Outdoor
Aplicacer Grey or White Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 35x35cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 30x30cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cm
Double glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 30x30cmDouble glue from 35x35cmDouble glue from 40x40cmDouble glue from 40x40cm
Double glue from 40x40cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 30x30 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
less than 40x40 cm
more than 40x40 cm
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
SELECTION GUIDE
Pág. 52
Grey or white cement-based adhesive, classified as an adhesive for indoor use according to Standard UNE-EN 12004.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive,pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 on indoor floors.
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
• Adhesive for indoor use
• High-porosity tiles
• Excellent workability
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes using ceramic tiles of medium/high porosity (> 3%).A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 30 cm x 30 cm.
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special.•Forformatslargerthan40x40cm,werecommend using aplicaCer Outdoor.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostisforecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstanding water.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerGrey or White CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USECE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Cement-based adhesive for laying indoor tiles ofmedium/high absorption
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 53
aplicaCer Grey or White CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Grey or White CE is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste density
Paste life
Open time
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adjustment time
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Yield:- single glue
- double glue
Grey or white powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
5-5,5 l/sack
1,65 kg/l
2 hours
20 minutes
15 minutes
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
Pág. 54
Grey or white cement-based adhesive, classified as an adhesive for indoor use according to Standard UNE-EN 12004.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 on indoor floors.
• Specially formulated for use on large format walls
• Adhesive for indoor use
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces, large format, cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes using ceramic tiles of medium/high porosity, applying thicknesses of upto 15 mm. Especially suitable for large format tiling.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 30 cm x 30 cm.
•Forformatslargerthan45x45cm, use aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstanding water.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerThick-Set LargeFormat CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Cement-based adhesive for laying indoor tiles ofmedium/high absorption
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 55
aplicaCer Thick-Set Large Format CE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Thick-Set Large Format CE is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Powder density
Paste density
Paste life
Yield
Thickness (max)
15 - 16 kg/m2
20 mm
Grey or white powder
4, 3-4,8 l/sack
1,8 kg/l
2 hours
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2∫Cand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strength afterwater cycle
Pág. 56
White or grey cement-based adhesive used for levellingout surfaces and tiling directly on top of brickwork orconcrete blocks.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency. Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Apply using the traditional tiling method, with a thick coat over the whole area. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 on indoor floors.
• Thick-set adhesive
• Apply directly onto bricks • 20 mm thickness
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces, brickwork, cement-based mortarfloors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes using ceramic tiles of medium/high porosity, for formats smaller than 45 x 45 cm.Thick-set application (up to 20 mm).
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special.
•Forformatslargerthan45x45cm, use aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostisforecasted.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.
•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstanding water.
•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.
•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.
•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerThick-SetCEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR THICK-SET TILINGCE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Cement-based adhesive for laying indoor tiles ofmedium/high absorption using the thick-set method
1
2
3
4
5
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 57
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Thick-Set is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moistureproof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Thick-SetCEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR THICK-SET TILING
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Grey or white powder
4, 3-4,8 l/sack
1,8 kg/l
2 hours
Yield
Thickness (max)
15 - 16 kg/m2
20 mm
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2∫Cand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strengthafter 28 days
Pág. 58
White cement-based adhesive, classified as an adhesive for indoor use according to Standard UNE-EN 12004. Specially developed to withstand chemical aggression undergone on plaster or anhydrite surfaces and to counteract expansive effects.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 on indoor floors.
• Adhesive for use on plaster surfaces
• Tiles of high absorption
• Strong adhesive bond
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Plaster, conventional surfaces, cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes using ceramic tiles of medium/high porosity (> 3%).A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 30 cm x 30 cm.
•Forformatslargerthan45x45cm, use aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted,orat temperatures below 5 ºC or above 35 ºC.•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstanding water.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerPlaster Special CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Cement-based adhesive for laying indoor tiles ofmedium/high absorption on plaster surfaces
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 59
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Plaster Special CE is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Plaster Special CECEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR INDOOR USE
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste density
Paste life
Open time
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adjustment time
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Yield:- single glue
- double glue
20 minutes
15 minutes
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
Pág. 60
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C1T according to Standard UNE-EN 12004. Highly thixotropic, high bondstrength.The active ingredients in aplicaCer Outdoor give the product special rheological characteristics, guaranteeing perfect tile application and reduced slip as a result of the copolymers incorporated in the mixture.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• For indoor and outdoor use
• Non-slip
• Medium/high absorption
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONSConventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors
and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes and outdoor floors using ceramic tiles of medium/high porosity (> 3%). A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 900 cm2 (30 cm x 30 cm).
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstanding water.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerOutdoor White or Grey C1TCEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR PROFESSIONAL USE C1T
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Cement-based adhesive, for indoor and outdoor use, forlaying medium/high porosity tiles.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 61
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Outdoor White or Grey C1T is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Outdoor White or Grey C1TCEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR PROFESSIONAL USE C1T
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Paste density
Mixing water
Paste life
Open time
Adjustment time
Slip
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
White or grey powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
1,6 kg/l
5,7-6 l/sack
3 hours
20 minutes
15 minutes
≤ 0,5 N/mm2
Pág. 62
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C1TE in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 12004. Adhesive with a guaranteed high bond strength and excellent moisture resistance as a result of the quality of its hydraulic bonding materials. The technology used in aplicaCer Special adhesive gives the product good rheological characteristics, as well as reduced slip, as a result of the copolymers incorporated in the mixture.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Good workability
• Non-slip, extended open time
• High moisture resistance
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes and outdoor floors using ceramic tiles of medium/high/low porosity.Suitable for use for laying marble and “gresite” vitreous paste. A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 900 cm2 (30 cm x 30 cm). Suitable for use with small format porcelain tiles.
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special and aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerSpecial C1 TEHIGH-PERFORMANCE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C1TECE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Highly moisture-resistant adhesive, for laying ceramic tiles ofmedium / high / low porosity, both indoors and outdoors. Highadhesive strength.Particularly recommended for ceramic tiling in swimming pools.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 63
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Special C1 TE is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Special C1 TEHIGH-PERFORMANCE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C1TE
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste Life
Paste density
Open time
Adjustment time
Slip
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
5,5-6 l/sack
3 hours
1,6 kg/l
30 minutes
25 minutes
≤ 0,5 mm
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
Pág. 64
Cement-based adhesive classified as C1TE in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 12004. Adhesive made up of highly-flexible copolymers, which make the product highly flexible. Product made with the latest technology developed by aplica, with rheological characteristics that guarantee complete tile coverage, as well as almost no vertical slip.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive,pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Specially designed for tiling on plasterboard
• Deformable
• Non-slip, high wetting ability
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Deformablesurfaces,allsortsofplasterboard.Surfacesmust be solid, clean and free from traces of paint. Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes and outdoor floors using ceramic tiles of medium/low porosity.Suitable for use on all types of plasterboard. A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 900 cm2 (30 cm x 30 cm).
•Forplastersurfaces,use aplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Forporcelaintileformatslargerthan40x40cmforuseon indoor floors, use aplicaCer Porcelain.•Forporcelaintileformatslargerthan30x30cmforuseon indoor surfaces, use aplicaCer Porcelain.•Forporcelaintileformatslargerthan30x30cmforuseon outdoor floors, use aplicaCer Porcelain.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted,orat temperatures below 5 ºC or above 35 ºC.•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstandingwater.•Duetoitsspecificformulationforplasterboardapplication surfaces, the hardening time can be lengthened in conventional application surfaces by low- absorption tiles, low temperatures and / or high humidity.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhightemperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsoriftheapplication surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformedonthe adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodicallylifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storetheproductin its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerPlasterboardC1 TE S1CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR TILING ON PLASTERBOARD C1TE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials, usedto lay ceramic tiles on low rigidity surfaces
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 65
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Plasterboard C1 TE S1 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Plasterboard C1 TE S1CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR TILING ON PLASTERBOARD C1TE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste Life
Paste density
Open time
Adjustment time
Slip
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2∫Cand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
4, 7-5,2 l/sack
3 hours
1,7 kg/l
30 minutes
25 minutes
≤ 0,5 mm
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 2,5 mm
Pág. 66
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C1TE according toStandard UNE-EN 12004. Adhesive made up of highly-flexible copolymers, which make the product highly flexible. Product made with the latest technology developed by aplica, which gives the adhesive rheological characteristics that guarantee complete tile coverage, as well as reduced vertical slip.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Flexible adhesive
• For indoor porcelain tiles
• Non-slip, extended open time
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Deformablesurfaces,plasterboard.Surfacesmustbesolid, clean and free from traces of paint. Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes.
Tiling indoor floors and finishes and outdoor floors usingceramic tiles of medium/low porosity.Perfect for indoor porcelain tiles.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 900 cm2 (35 cm x 35 cm).
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Forporcelaintileformatslargerthan45x45cmforuseon indoor floors, use aplicaCer Porcelain.•Forporcelaintileformatslargerthan35x35cmforuseon indoor surfaces, use aplicaCer Porcelain.•Forporcelaintileformatslargerthan30x30cmforuseon outdoor floors, use aplicaCer Porcelain.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted,orat temperatures below 5 ºC or above 35 ºC.•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstandingwater.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhightemperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsoriftheapplication surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformedonthe adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodicallylifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storetheproductin its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerMax C1 TE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C1TE S1CE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials, used to lay porcelain stoneware tiles. For indoor and outdoor use. Virtually no vertical slip and high adhesive bond strength.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 67
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Max C1 TE S1 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Max C1 TE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C1TE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste density
Paste Life
Open time
Adjustment time
Slip
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Adhesive strengthafter 30 minutes
Transverse deformation
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
4, 7-5,2 l/sack
1,7 kg/l
3 hours
30 minutes
25 minutes
≤ 0,5 mm
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 2,5 mm
Pág. 68
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C2E in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 12004.Specially developed for use on floors. Adhesive made up of hydraulic bonding materials which become highly resistant, and chemical bonding materials which provide high bond strength and an extended open time.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Special floor adhesive
• For indoor and outdoor use
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors.The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Laying absorbent and non-absorbent ceramic tiles, stoneware or marble on indoor and outdoor cement-based mortar surfaces.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 30 cm x 30 cm.
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerPlus C2EHIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2ECE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials, with highadhesive strength, specially-designed to be used to layindoor and outdoor floor tiles. Suitable for laying allceramic tiles. High wetting ability.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 69
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Plus C2E is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Plus C2EHIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2E
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Paste density
Mixing water
Paste Life
Open time
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adjustment time
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
1,7 kg/l
5-7 l/sack
3 hours
30 minutes
≥ 1 N/mm2
25 minutes
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
Pág. 70
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C2TE in accordancewith Standard UNE-EN 12004.Adhesive made up of hydraulic bonding materials which become highly resistant, and chemical bonding materials which provide high bond strength and an extended open time.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Non-slip
• Good workability
• Extended open time
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Stable conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors.The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Laying absorbent and non-absorbent ceramic tiles, stoneware or marble on indoor and outdoor cement-based mortar surfaces.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 30 cm x 30 cm.
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerSuper C2TEHIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2TECE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials, with highadhesive strength, specially-designed to be used to lay indoorand outdoor floor and wall tiles. Suitable for laying all ceramictiles. High wetting ability and reduced slip.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 71
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Super C2TE is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Super C2TEHIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2TE
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Paste density
Mixing water
Paste Life
Slip
Open time
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2∫Cand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adjustment time
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
1,5 kg/l
5-7 l/sack
3 hours
≥ 0,5 N/mm2
30 minutes
≥ 1 N/mm2
25 minutes
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
Pág. 72
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C2T in accordance withStandard UNE-EN 12004.Made up of hydraulic bonding materials which give the product a high tensile strength as well as excellent shear adhesive strength. Its high copolymer content makes this adhesive highly thixotropic, guaranteeing perfect results.aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set is highly stable on aggressive plaster surfaces, neutralising the chemical expansion caused by plaster or anhydrite-based renderings or floors.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with 10 x 10 x10 mm trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• For indoor and outdoor use
• Up to 20 mm thick
• Low absorption ceramic tiles on plaster surfaces
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free fromdust, paint, oil, etc. Hard plaster and prefabricatedplaster surfaces which are clean and free from dust.
Tiling indoor and outdoor floors and finishes using absorbent or non-absorbent ceramic tiles or natural stone, applying thicknesses of up to 20 mm.Tiling plaster surfaces with low absorption ceramic tiles.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 40 cm x 40 cm.
•Donotexceedheightsof2monoutdoorrenderings.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted,orat temperatures below 5 ºC or above 35 ºC.•Donotapplyinareaswherethereisariskofstanding water.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerExtra Thick-Set C2THIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2TCE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials, with highadhesive strength, specially-designed for laying large formatlow-absorption tiles using the thick-set method. Reducedvertical slip.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 73
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set C2T is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set C2THIGH-BOND CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2T
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste density
Paste Life
Open time
Adjustment time
Slip
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Adhesive strengthafter 30 minutes
Transverse deformation
Yield:- single glue
- double glue4 - 5 kg/m2
7 - 9 kg/m2
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
5, 2-5,7 l/sack
1,7 kg/l
3 hours
30 minutes
25 minutes
≤ 0,5 mm
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 2,5 mm
Pág. 74
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C2TE S1 according to Standard EN 12004, and as S1 according to StandardUNE-EN 12002.Developedbyaplica® for the laying of low absorption ceramic and porcelain tiles. Adhesive made up of hydraulic bonding materials which give it a high bond strength, and chemical bonding materials which increase shear adhesive strength considerably. Excellent wetting ability and reduced slip for a guaranteed perfect finish.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Special adhesive for porcelain tiles
• Flexible
• Underfloor heating
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Tiling indoor and outdoor floors and renderings using any type of ceramic tile. Tiling plasterboard with porcelain tiles. Perfect for indoor and outdoor porcelain tiles.Floors with underfloor heating. A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 40 cm x 40 cm.
•Donotexceedheightsof2monoutdoorrenderings.•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted,orat temperatures below 5 ºC or above 35 ºC.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerPorcelainC2TE S1SPECIAL CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR PORCELAIN TILES C2TE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Deformable adhesive made with mixed bonding materials,for laying indoor and outdoor porcelain stoneware tiles.Reduced vertical slip and high bond strength.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 75
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Porcelaine C2TE S1 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Porcelain C2TE S1SPECIAL CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE FOR PORCELAIN TILES C2TE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Paste density
Mixing water
Paste life
Adjustment time
Open time
Slip
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Adhesive strengthafter 30 minutes
Transverse deformation
3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
Grey or white powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
1,5 kg/l
6,2-6,72 l/sack
3 hours
25 minutes
30 minutes
≤ 0,5 mm
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 2,5 mm
Pág. 76
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C2TE S1 according to Standard UNE-EN 12004.Specially developed for use on façades. Adhesive made with hydraulic and chemical bonding materials which provide high shear adhesive strength, great flexibility and reduced vertical slip.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Specially designed for use on façades
• Flexible
• Radiant heating
• Cold storage rooms
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Laying floors with underfloor heating. Laying absorbent and nonabsorbent ceramic tiles, stoneware or marble on indoor and outdoor cement-based mortar surfaces, concrete or plasterboard.Suitable for use on floors with high traffic, façades, old floors.Suitable for use in zones with radiant heating or refrigeration systems.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 40 cm x 40 cm and on façades.
•Forplastersurfaces,use aplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Mechanicalanchoringsshouldbeusedonfaçades.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerFlex C2TE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2TE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials. High bondstrength. Specially designed for use on façades. Highlyflexible, reduced vertical slip.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 77
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Flex C2TE S1 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Flex C2TE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2TE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste life
Paste density
Adjustment time
Open time
Slip
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Adhesive strengthafter 30 minutes
Transverse deformation
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
6,5-67 l/sack
3 hours
1,5 kg/l
25 minutes
30 minutes
≤ 0,5 mm
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1,5 N/mm2
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1,5 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
Pág. 78
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C2FT S1 according to Standard UNE-EN 12004.Specially developed for use on façades.Adhesive made with hydraulic bonding materials which become highly resistant after 6 hours, and chemical bonding materials which provide high shear adhesive strength and flexibility, and prevent vertical slip.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive,pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 6 hours before grouting.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Specially designed for use on façades
• Flexible
• Radiant heating
• Cold storage rooms
• Sets in 3 hours
• Ready for use 6 hours
• Fast
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Laying floors with underfloor heating. Laying absorbent and nonabsorbent ceramic tiles, stoneware or marble on indoor and outdoor cement-based mortar surfaces, concrete or plasterboard.Suitable for use on floors with high traffic, façades, old floors. Suitable for use in zones with radiant heating or refrigeration systems.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 40 cm x 40 cm and on façades.
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Mechanicalanchoringsshouldbeusedonfaçades.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerFlexRapidC2FT S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2FT S1CE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials. High bond strength. Specially designed for use on façades. Highly flexible, reduced vertical slip and flash set.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 79
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer FlexRapid C2FT S1 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer FlexRapid C2FT S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2FT S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste life
Paste density
Open Time
Adjustment time
Slip
Adhesive strength undernormal conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Initial adhesive strength after 6 hours
Transverse deformation
Yield:- single glue
- double glue3 - 4 kg/m2
6 - 8 kg/m2
Grey or white powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
6,5-6,7 l/sack
30 minutes
1,5 kg/l
10 minutes
10 minutes
≤ 0,5 mm
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1,5 N/mm2
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1,5 N/mm2
>0,5 N/mm2
≥ 2,5 mm
Pág. 80
Adhesive for ceramics, stoneware, porcelain, marble, glass mosaic, or similar small or large tiles without absorption. In its development, a system of mixed bonding materials has been used, with cements with high purity and high initial strength with a high dosage of polymers. Thisprovide it with maximum deformability and adhesion ability in different situations. Siliceous aggregates of high fineness and special additives give the material a large thixotropy and plasticity that facilitates aplication and increases performance in tiling. For indoor and outdoor use. Classified as C2TE S2 in accordance with Standard UNE EN 12004.
Mix with 6,2-6,7 litres of clean water per sack using an electric mixer at low rpm. Add the water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the required consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. A double glue technique is always necessary for tiles larger than 40 cm x 40 cm and on façades.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
• Specially designed for use on façades • Flexible • Radiant heating • Cold storage rooms
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATION SURFACES
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Hard,stableconcreteandmortarfloors,freefromreleaseagents, dust and plaster. Slippery application surfaces and applications as old stoneware floors, radiant floors, old terrazzo, plasterboard.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplyonplaster,metal,plasticorwoodsurfaces.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformedon the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties without the consent of the manufacturer.•Usemechanicalanchoringsinverticalcoverings,intile formats of 60 cm x 40 cm and/or 40 kg/m2 high weight. •Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storetheproduct in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.•Itisnotrecommendedtousetheproductwhenit requires to be put into service quickly. In floorings, it is trafficable (light traffic) in 24 hours approx., depending on weather conditions.•Astheopentimeoftheproductisveryhigh,itis recommended to check its suitability in case of natural stone with high absorption.•UseCAPACOLORfortilegrouting.•Donotapplyinapplicationsurfaceswithmorethan3% moisture.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Ingeneral,itisnecessarytoplaceproperlyexpansion and contraction joints. And also, it is necessary to have appropriate measures in the design of coating (cornices, eaves) to prevent leakage between the application surface and the part, and during the development of work placement.
aplicaCerSuper FlexC2TE S2MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE SINGLE-COMPONENT TILE ADHESIVECE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
Quartz cement-based adhesive, with a system of mixed bonding materials. No slip and extended open time. Recommended for use safely on large facade and floor coverings, even on surfaces exposed to severe weather conditions.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 81
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Super Flex C2TE S2 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Super Flex C2TE S2MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE SINGLE-COMPONENT TILE ADHESIVE
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Appearance
Mixing water
Open time
Adhesive strength under normal conditions
Adhesive strength after water cycle
Adhesive strength after heat cycle
Adhesive strength after freeze/thaw cycling
Deformation
Slip
Yield:
Single glue
Doubleglue
Grey or white powder
6,2 – 6,7 l/sack
30 minutes
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
≥ 1 N/mm2
> 5 mm
< 0,5 mm
3-4 kg/m2
6-8 kg/m2
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 82
Cement-based adhesive, classified as C2FE S1 according to Standard UNE-EN 12004.Specially developed for use on floors. No need for double gluing.Adhesive made with hydraulic bonding materials which become highly resistant after 6 hours, and chemical bonding materials which provide high shear adhesive strength and flexibility, and an extended open time.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. Use a half moon trowel.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles. Wait 8 hours before grouting.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2
for outdoor floor tiling.
• Flexible
• Specially designed for floor renovations
• No need for double gluing
• Ultra-flash setting
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors.The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.Can be placed on top of old floors.
Laying absorbent and non-absorbent ceramic tiles, stoneware or marble on indoor and outdoor cement-based mortar surfaces.Suitable for floors with intense traffic.Suitable for use on old floors. Suitable for use in zones with radiant heating or refrigeration systems.No need for double gluing.Suitable for use in areas which need to be ready to use quickly.
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Plaster Special or aplicaCer Extra Thick-Set. Avoid applying on dead plaster or weak renderings.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Ifapplyingontopofanoldfloor,checkthecondition of that floor before application.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerFluid C2FE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2FE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials, with high adhesive strength, specially-designed for laying indoor and outdoor floor tiles. Recommended for laying large floors and those with underfloor heating. Suitable for use with all types of ceramic tiles.
1
2
3
4
5
6
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 83
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Fluid C2FE S1 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Fluid C2FE S1FLEXIBLE CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE C2FE S1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Paste density
Mixing water
Paste life
Adjustment time
Open time
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
*depending on environmental conditions
Adhesive strengthafter water cycle
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Adhesive strength afterfreeze/thaw cycling
Initial adhesive strength after 6 hours
Transverse deformation
Yield:
Floor ready to use in
Grey powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
1,3 kg/l
6,2 - 7,2 l/sack
50 minutes
25 minutes
30 minutes
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1,5 N/mm2
≥ 2 N/mm2
≥ 1,5 N/mm2
>0,5 N/mm2
≥ 2,5 mm
approx 4 kg/m2
Pág. 84
Resin-based dispersion adhesive for laying ceramic tiles on indoor walls.
Stir aplicaCer Adhesive Paste until thoroughly mixed.
Spread aplicaCer Adhesive Paste over the application surface, using a trowel with a tooth spacing no greater than 4 mm.
Press down on the tiles to ensure that all grooves are filled. Leave a joint at least 2 mm wide.
Wait 24 hours, then grout using aplica Color.
• Ready to use
• For indoor use
• Tile-on-tile
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
The application surfaces must be flat, solid, clean and free from dust and traces of loose particles. They must be free from all traces of paint, lime, oils and release agents.
For use with all types of ceramic tiles for indoor walls. Suitable for use on deformable surfaces. Suitable for tiling any type of plasterboard. Tiling on plaster in good condition. Gluing on wood on walls. Gluing on old tiles in good condition.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.
•Donotapplywithatrowelwithatoothspacing greater than 4 mm.
•Donotapplyonsurfacesexposedtopermanent moisture.
•Notsuitableforoutdooruse.
•Donotapplyonsurfaceswhichareexposedtodirect sunlight, nor on hot surfaces.
•Notsuitableforusewithnon-absorbentceramictiles on non-absorbent surfaces.
•Themaximumweightoftileswhichcanbeglued using aplicaCer Adhesive Paste is 30 kg.
•Donotlaytileslargerthan30x30cm(900cm2).
•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerAdhesive Paste D1DISPERSION RESIN-BASED TILE ADHESIVE D1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
1
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 85
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Paste Adhesive D1 is available in 25 kg and 6 kg plastic containers.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Adhesive Paste D1DISPERSION RESIN-BASED TILE ADHESIVE D1
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Paste density
Classification inaccordance with
UNE EN 12004:2001
Initial Adhesive Strength
Adhesive strengthafter heat cycle
Consumption
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
1,7±0,2kg/l
D1
> 0,5 N/mm2
> 0,5 N/mm2
2±1kg/m2
Pág. 86
Cement-based adhesive, for indoor and outdoor use, which can be applied to freshly-laid floors in powder or grout format. Classified as C2 according to Standard UNE-EN 12004.
Powder ApplicationThe product can be applied in powder format directly onto the freshly-laid cement floor.Sprinkle the product evenly over the surface to a depth of at least 2 mm.Moisten the powder with a sprinkler hose and then place the finishing tiles on top.Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles.
Grout ApplicationMix Aplicacer Flooring with water until you obtain a smooth, lumpfree grout.Using a trowel, spread a uniform layer of grout at least 2 mm thick on the floor.Place the finishing tiles on top and level them out using a rubber mallet.Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles.
• Powder application
• Traditional flooring method
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
The floor onto which the product is applied must be compacted and levelled so that it is absolutely flat and suitable for the application of the finishing tiles.The mechanical strength of the floor should be suitable for the purpose for which the tiling will be used.Particular care should be taken when measuring out cement and selecting the grade size of the aggregate in order to reduce the water-cement ratio and subsequent hydraulic shrinkage.
Laying absorbent and non-absorbent ceramic tiles, stoneware or marble on indoor and outdoor cement-based mortar surfaces.
•Forplastersurfaces,useaplicaCer Extra Thick-Set.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCor above 35ºC.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Storetheproductinitsoriginalpackaginginadry, covered place.•Donotuseonbasefloorswhichhavealreadybegun to set and which are constantly subjected to accumulated moisture.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaCerFlooring C2CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE WITH MIXED BONDING MATERIALS (POWDER APPLICATION)
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
Adhesive made with mixed bonding materials,with high adhesive strength, specially-designedfor laying indoor and outdoor floor tiles.
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
REV_
02/1
0
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Pág. 87
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaCer Flooring C2 is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).Use within 1 year of date of packaging. Store the product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplicaCer Flooring C2CEMENT-BASED TILE ADHESIVE WITH MIXED BONDING MATERIALS (POWDER APPLICATION)
CEM
ENT-
BASE
DA
DH
ESIV
ES
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES
Appearance Paste life
Adhesion type
Yield: Grout
Powder
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing Water
Databasedontestscarriedoutundernormallaboratoryconditions23±2ºCand50±5%HR<0.2m/s
White powder 120 minutes
Classified as C2 accordingto Standard UNE-EN 12004.
approx 2,5 kg/m2
approx 1,5 kg/m2
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
26%
Pág. 89
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
LITONEX Macael WhiteCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE FOR NATURAL STONE TILING
LITONEX OutdoorsCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE FOR NATURAL STONE TILING
LITONEX PorousCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE FOR NATURAL STONE TILING
Andalusian Technological Center of the Stone
Pág. 90
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
• Poor choice of the product to be fixed. Use of a very thin or very thick set or a rigid or a deformable material. • Inadequate preparation of the product to be fixed.• Absence of joints in the project. The lack of joints causes a lifting of the pavement, as they ensure the perfect fit on the application surface and allow the movement of the pieces. In addition to removing the seals, the gaps are sealed after laying with grouts of thin thickness which in turn promote infiltration.• Poor bonding technique.• Poor choice of the application surface: incompatible with the environment, humid, very smooth, absorbent or inappropriate (e.g. gypsum results in a lack of adhesion).• Inadequate preparation of the application surface.• Placement outside the open time. For example, there are mortar set retarders, but they can not be used indefinitely. • Too thick, causing internal failure.• Lack of thickness, which causes lack of power for workholding.• Lack of backing-up, which causes breaks.• Little protection against infiltrations.• Tiling outside the range of temperature.• Putting into use prematurely.• Poor selection based on usage.
• Chipping: caused by impact, frost, dust shock, thermal shock or efflorescence.• Cracking: chemical or abrasive attacks from cleaning products.• Stains.• Dulling.• Breaks.• Loss of adhesive strength: usually caused by expansion of moisture, temperature changes, shrinkage of the mortar, structural movements.
Natural stone is a product with high added value mainly because of its ornamental qualities and its character of natural material.
One of the most common uses of the product is, without doubt, floor coverings and wall tiles in the construction sector. For this purpose, the stone competes with other materials, mostly ceramics, which are artificial materials with properties more uniform. One of the aspects in which this difference of properties has most impact on is tiling, since the natural stone is more susceptible to the emergence of problems (outward diffusion of substances, appearance of stains, sags by poor adherence, etc.). The appearance on the market of new stones with a high aesthetic value but with physicochemical properties outside normal working values (water absorption and very high porosity), has multiplied the problems due to tiling and complicated in many cases resolution, leading even the replacement of equipment used after being used in building sites. These facts make necessary to carry out a detailed study of the product to be laid on the stone before putting in the work order to ensure a long life of the coating.
The main causes of poor tiling can be included among the following:
These defects can cause problems in installationwork as:
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
Pág. 91
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
The aggregate used may cause efflorescence through soluble salt content. It is not the case for a washed siliceous aggregate which is free from such salts.
For a normal mortar, it is used a cement which has a very few soluble salt content. The total alkali (Na2O + K20) content does not usually reach 1%. There may be a very small part of alkali oxides to form the corresponding sulfates. These sulphate anions with alkali cations (K+, Na+) form the corresponding alkali sulfates, soluble and fully differentiated as acid salts and strong bases in which case, these alkali sulphates could be the cause of efflorescence.
The chemical additives contained in the mortar can have soluble salts that cause efflorescence, but the salt content can be as much of 0,4% compared to 2% of soluble salts containing the brick.
In addition to these defects of tiling, there may be failures discussed above due to incompatibilities between the natural stone product and tiling. In that case the failures are more difficult to predict, because the product placement has been carefully chosen based on environmental conditions which will make the placement and positioning action has been carried out thoroughly. The main failure caused by incompatibility with natural stone is the efflorescence and stains that can be linked to any of these components of product placement.
I).- Aggregate.II).- Cement.III).- Chemical additives.
I).- Aggregate
II).- Cement
III).- Chemical additives
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
Pág. 92
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
Having established the two main problems that appear in the field of natural stone, Aplica Morteros Especiales considers the development of a new product line specifically for natural stone placement, together with the CTAP “Andalusian Technological Stone Centre” and the University of Almeria so as to avoid the problems of interaction with the product.
From the needs identified, specific laying products were selected to be developed, obtaining:
Adhesive for laying indoor and outdoor natural stone“LITONEX OUTDOORS”
Special adhesive for laying indoor Macael White“LTONEX MACAEL WHITE”
Special adhesive for laying highly absorbent stones at high risk of efflorescence indoors and outdoors“LITONEX POROUS”
SELECTION TABLE
PRODUCTS SPECIALLY DEVELOPED FOR NATURAL STONE AND MARBLE TILING CONTRASTED BY THE FOUNDATION CTAP (ANDALUSIAN TECHNOLOGICAL CENTER OF MARBLE)
ADHESIVE
LITONEX MACAEL WHITE
LITONEX OUTDOORS
LITONEX POROUS
APPLICATION
MACAEL WHITE MARBLE OR NATURAL STONE FOR INDOOR USE OF MEDIUM/HIGH ABSORPTION. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL APPLICATION SURFACES.
LARGE FORMAT MARBLE OR NATURAL STONE, WITH OR WITHOUT INDOOR OR OUTDOOR ABSORPTION. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL APPLICATION SURFACES.
MULTI-ABSORPTION MARBLE OR NATURAL STONE SENSITIVE TO STAINS CAUSED BY EFFLORESCENCE. FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL APPLICATION SURFACES.
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
Pág. 93
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
• Chipping: caused by impact, frost, dust shock, thermal shock or efflorescence.• Cracking: chemical or abrasive attacks from cleaning products.• Stains.• Dulling.• Breaks.• Loss of adhesive strength: usually caused by expansion of moisture, temperature changes, shrinkage of the mortar, structural movements.For this, the application surface must be adequate and application must be done according to the information given in the adhesive section of this catalogue.
The use of this range of adhesives minimizes the following conditions:
Natural stone tiling pathologies
Breaks
Cracking
Dulling
Efflorescences
Loss of adhesive strength
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
Pág. 94
Product homologated by the CTAP (Andalusian Technological Center of the Stone) for laying indoor marble. Reduces the appearance of salts and develops a high adherence.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles.
Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 on indoor floors.
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONSConventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors
and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
Macael’s white marble tiling in indoor floors and finishes.
A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 900 cm2 (30 cm x 30 cm).
•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare
forecasted.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°C
orabove35°C.
•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh
temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than
usual. This will result in a shorter open time.
•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe
application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable
to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water
to disappear before applying the product.
•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed
on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto
the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product
and apply a fresh coat.
•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically
lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it
is well stuck down.
•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe
product in its original packaging in a dry, covered
place protected from humidity.
LITONEXMacael WhiteCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE FOR NATURAL STONE TILINGCE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
FO
R N
ATU
RAL
STO
NE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
REV_
02/1
0
Andalusian Technological Center of the Stone
Pág. 95
aplica
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
LITONEX Macael White is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
LITONEX Macael WhiteCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE FOR NATURAL STONE TILING
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste life
Open time
Adjustment time
Adhesion type
Yield
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
25%
50 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes
Approx. 4 kg/m2
Classified as C1TE according to Standard
UNE-EN 12004
Pág. 96
Product homologated by the CTAP (Andalusian Technological Center of the Stone) for laying indoor and outdoor marble of low/medium/high multi-absorption. Reduces the appearance of salts in marble surfaces and develops a high adherence. Product with a high polymeric percentage which provides a high flexibility (S1). It is suitable for stable and not as stable application surfaces. It develops a high shear adhesive strength.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles.
Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATION SURFACES
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Marble tiling with varying degrees of absorption (high, medium and low) for indoor and outdoor floors and for indoor finishes.
A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 900 cm2 (30 cm x 30 cm).
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
LITONEXOutdoorsCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE FOR NATURAL STONE TILINGCE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
FO
R N
ATU
RAL
STO
NE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
REV_
02/1
0
Andalusian Technological Center of the Stone
Pág. 97
aplica
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
LITONEX Outdoors is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
LITONEX OutdoorsCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVE FOR NATURAL STONE TILING
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste life
Open time
Adjustment time
Adhesion type
Yield
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
26%
50 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes
Approx. 4 kg/m2
Classified as C2TE S1 according to Standard
UNE-EN 12004
Pág. 98
Product homologated by the CTAP (Andalusian Technological Center of the Stone) for laying outdoor and indoor marble of low/medium/high multi-absorption. Reduces the appearance of salts in marble surfaces and develops a high adherence. Product with a high polymeric percentage which provides a high flexibility (S1). It is suitable for stable and not as stable application surfaces. It develops a high shear adhesive strength. Flash setting product. It develops adhesions to 24 h.
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread the paste on the surface in sections of a surface area no larger than 2 m2, combing with a suitable trowel. If double gluing is required, spread the mixture over the back of the tile as well.
Put the ceramic tiles on top of the freshly-laid adhesive, pressing lightly to ensure that the whole tile surface comes into contact with the adhesive, filling any grooves.
Leave a joint of a width of at least 1.5 mm between indoor tiles and at least 5 mm between outdoor tiles.
Wait 24 hours before grouting wall tiles and 48 hours before grouting floor tiles.
Respect all perimeter and structural joints. Place one partition joint every 50 m2 for indoor floor tiling, and one every 30 m2 for outdoor floor tiling.
aplica CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATION SURFACES
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Marble tiling with varying degrees of absorption (high, medium and low) for indoor and outdoor floors and finishes.A double glue technique should be used for tiles larger than 1.600 cm2 (40 cm x 40 cm). This technique should be used when applied to façades too.
Conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors and finishes. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quickly than usual. This will result in a shorter open time.•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.•Check,periodically,thatasurfacefilmhasnotformed on the adhesive paste once it has been spread onto the surface. If a film has formed, remove the product and apply a fresh coat.•Checkthatthepasteisstickyenoughbyperiodically lifting one of the tiles already in place to ensure that it is well stuck down.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
LITONEXPorousCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE TILINGCE
MEN
T-BA
SED
AD
HES
IVES
FO
R N
ATU
RAL
STO
NE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
REV_
02/1
0
Andalusian Technological Center of the Stone
Pág. 99
aplica
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
LITONEX Porous is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE
LITONEX PorousCEMENT-BASED ADHESIVES FOR NATURAL STONE TILING
CEM
ENT-
BASE
D A
DH
ESIV
ES
FOR
NAT
URA
L ST
ON
E
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Mixing water
Paste life
Open time
Adjustment time
Adhesion type
Yield
White powder
< 1 mm
1,4 kg/l
27%
40 minutes
10 minutes
20 minutes
Approx. 4 kg/m2
Classified as C2T S1 according to Standard
UNE-EN 12004
Pág. 101
TILE
GRO
UTS
TILE GROUTS
aplica Color 0-15DEFORMABLE MORTAR FOR 0-15 mm JOINTS
aplica Epoxy JointEPOXY TILE GROUT
aplica Ceramic ProtectorCERAMIC-PROTECTING ADDITIVE
aplica Cement RemoverCLEANER TO REMOVE TRACES OF CEMENT
aplica LechadaWATERPROOF JOINT SEALING GROUT
Pág. 102
TILE
GRO
UTS
TILE GROUTS
CG CEMENT-BASED TILE GROUTS
Composition: Hydraulic bonding materials, mineral loads and organic additives. Easy-to-use, simply mix withwater just before application. These mortars may also contain pigments, and they can therefore come in anumber of different colours. Divided in two classes (1 and 2) according to the results obtained in tests ontheir basic features.• 1 Normal cement-based tile grouts• 2 Improved cement-based tile grouts• W Reduced water absorption• Ar High abrasion resistance
RG REACTIVE RESIN-BASED TILE GROUTS
Composition: Synthetic resins, organic additives and mineral loads, that harden as a result of achemical reaction. Available as one or more components. These mortars may also contain pigments,and they are therefore available in a number of different colours.
MAIN PROPERTIES:
• Resistance to chemical products.• Bacteriological resistance.• Strong adhesive bond.• Very high level of resistance to humidity (watertight joints).• Excellent abrasion resistance.
Classification Of Tile Grouts In Accordance With Regulation UNE-EN 13888
TABLE SUMMARISING CATEGORIES, TYPES AND CLASSES OF TILE GROUTS
CEMENT-BASED MORTAR FOR JOINT
CEMENT-BASED MORTAR FOR JOINT
CATEGORY
TYPE CLASS
CG 1
CG 2 W
CG 2 Ar
CG 2 ArW
Normal
Improved, with reduced water absorption
Improved, with high abrasion resistance
Improved, with high abrasion resistance and reduced water absorption
APPLICATION SURFACE GROUT TYPE PRODUCT REMARKS
IND
OO
RJO
INTS
OU
TDO
OR
JOIN
TS
Up 2 mm
0-15 mm
2-15 mm
0-15 mm
2-15 mm
Traditional
High resistances, coloured and waterproof
Watertight and anti-acid
High resistances, coloured and waterproof
Watertight and anti-acid
aplica Lechada
aplica Color 0-15 mm
aplica Epoxy Joint
aplica Color 0-15 mm
aplica Epoxy Joint
See table for chemicalresistances
See table for chemicalresistances
Pág. 103
TILE
GRO
UTS
TILE GROUTS
WHITE IVORY
CREAM YELLOW
GREEN MOSS
SKY BLUE BLUE
PINK BEIGE
ORANGE BRICK
SALMON TERRACOTA
BROWN CHOCOLATE
SILVER GREY
ANTHRACITE BLACK
Pág. 104
Portland cement mortar with special additives and resistant inorganic pigments, used to fill joints 0 - 15 mm wide. aplica Color 0-15 is suitable for filling joints between any ceramic and natural stone tiles. For indoor and outdoor use. Waterproof.
Mix mechanically with clean water until you obtain a smooth paste of the required consistency.
Leave to stand for 2 - 5 minutes before applying.
Check that joints are clean and free from any dust oradhesive.
Moisten the application surface if weather conditions require it.
Fill each joint with paste using a rubber trowel. Carry out the finishing process once the top of the mortar has started to harden.
aplica TILE GROUTS
• Waterproof
• Easy to apply
• 20 colours
•For indoor and outdoor use
• CG2 ArW
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Avoidapplyingwhendirectsunlightisshiningonthe application surface.•Alwaysusetheexactrequiredamountofwater.•Forjointsexceeding15mminwidthordepth,add4 litres of aplica Latex per 20 kg bag and 1 litre per 5 kg bag and fill with water until optimal consistency.
aplicaColor 0-15DEFORMABLE MORTAR FOR 0-15 mmJOINTS
Deformable, waterproof, very fine cement-based mortar for the rendering and grouting of tiled walls and floors. Classified as CG2 ArW according to UNE EN 13888
TILE
GRO
UTS
1
5
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 105
aplica TILE GROUTS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
YIELD FIGURES: kg/m2
aplica Color 0-15 is available in 5 kg paper bags with plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 750 kg (5 bags per box). Also available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 960 kg (48 sacks).Use within 1 year of packaging date. Store the product in its original sealedpackaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
R=1,82xZxHx(10/Z+10/Y).R= Yield: kg/m2Z: Joint Width in cmH:JointDepthincmX: Tile Width in cmY: Tile Length in cm1.82: Paste density (kg/l)
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica Color 0-15DEFORMABLE MORTAR FOR 0-15 mm JOINTS
TILE
GRO
UTS
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Paste density
Mixing water
Appearance
Classification according toStandard UNE-EN 13888
Shrinkage
Paste life at 20ºC
Pág. 106
Available in grey or white. Used to seal ceramic floor and wall tiles, bricks, slabs and mosaics. Used to glue glass and porcelain mosaic tiles onto floors and walls. Resistant to chemical products.Very strong. Easy to apply between joints. Very easy to clean. For 2-15 mm joints.
For indoor and outdoor use. On walls and floors. To seal joints between floor and wall tiles, slabs, bricks and mosaic tiles which need to withstand special conditions that normal cement-based mortars cannot withstand or in which they become unstable e.g. slaughterhouses, dairy factories, industrial kitchens, breweries, premises with water tanks, swimming pools and spas, showers, baths, shops, sports or leisure facilities, and other areas where there are highpressure mechanical or chemical loads. For 2 - 15 mm joints.
Epoxy resin-based two-component sealing mortar, made of a resin and a hardener. The 4 kg format comes as 3 kg of resin paste and 1 kg of hardening paste. Once it has hardened, aplica Epoxy Joint is waterproof, frostproof and weatherproof. It is exceptionally robust with a high adhesive bond for use along the edge of tiles.
It is possible to walk on aplica Epoxy Joint 12 hours after it has hardened(18∫C-20∫C).Itcanbearmechanicalloads24hoursafter application.
aplica TILE GROUTS
• 2 in 1, adhesive and tile grout
• Resistant to acids and salty water
• Easy to apply
DESCRIPTION
USES
COMPOSITION
WARNINGS
LOAD-BEARING CAPACITY
RESISTANCE TO CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES(For resistance to chemical products, see Technical Features)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Once it has hardened, aplica Epoxy Joint is resistant to salty water and bleach, as well as to a series of other diluted products, acids, organic liquids and mineral compounds. For resistance to chemical products, see Technical Features. For special uses, please contact us. This smooth, airtight, single-colour sealant keeps out dirt and is resistant to domestic detergents or swimming pool detergents. White aplica Epoxy Joint can sometimes become a yellow colour. If the product comes into contact with substances which can stain, e.g. coffee, tea, fruit juices or others, aplica cannot guarantee that this product will not change colour. Resistance to chemical products is achieved approximately 7 days after application (18ºC - 20ºC).
The base paste and the hardener come in containers which contain the correct proportions in accordance with the required amounts of each. Mix mechanically with a suitable stirring device (e.g. a spiral stirrer) until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste. aplica Epoxy Joint can be used at temperatures of between 18 - 20º C for up to 80 minutes. At lower temperatures, the open application time is longer, and at higher temperatures it is shorter. Apply aplica Epoxy Joint in dry joints using an spatula or a plastic or rubber trowel. Remove any excess paste to leave a clean finishing. Any excess paste should be removed with water and a scouring pad or hard sponge, always within the open application time of approx. 80 minutes. This paste should then be collected carefully using a soft sponge. This also helps to smooth out the joint. Avoid accumulation of residual membranes on top of wall or floor tiles. To prevent the reduction of the open application time due to spontaneous heating, we recommend applying aplica Epoxy Joint on the surface immediately after the mortar has been mixed. If you have any doubts, apply first in a small test area.
aplicaEpoxy JointEPOXY TILE GROUT AND EPOXY ADHESIVE
TILE
GRO
UTS
•Maycauseeyeandskinirritation.•Cancauseanallergicreaction.•Harmfulifingested.•Cancausecauterisationifallowedtoactforaprolonged period of time.•Avoidcontactwithskinandeyes.•Iftheproductcomesintocontactwiththeeyes,rinse immediately with plenty of water and consult a doctor.•Wearprotectiveglovesandglasseswhenmixingthisproduct.•Workclothingmustbekeptclean.Changeyourclothes when they become dirty.
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 107
aplica TILE GROUTS
aplica Epoxy JointEPOXY TILE GROUT AND EPOXY ADHESIVE
TILE
GRO
UTS
Structured floor, wall tiles and those with porous surfaces may become covered in a residual membrane after the joints have been sealed. Carry out a test in an area which is not easily visible and remember the warnings provided by the manufacturers. Excessmaterialshouldnotbecleanedupwithhotwater.Donotuse diluents, solvents or water to adjust the consistency of the mortar. aplica Epoxy Joint should not be used at temperatures below 10º C or above 30º C. All work tools should be washed with water and a brush before the mortar is hardened.
aplica Expoxy Joint, a joint-sealing mortar, can also be used to lay glass or porcelain mosaic tiles on walls or floors, and to tile floors with ceramic tiles, etc. As the product has a fine consistency, it cannot be used to tile walls (stability). When used as an adhesive, aplica Epoxy Joint adheres to the standards set out in standard UNE-EN 12004 R2 Class.
RECOMMENDATIONS
USE AS AN ADHESIVE
RESISTANCE TO CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES, ACCORDING TO APLICA’S QUALITY CONTROLS:Resistant to: Waste water*, Concentrated ammonia, Saturated calcium hydroxide, 5% chromic acid, Photo developing fluid, Ethylene glycol, Faecal matter, Photo fixing fluid, 1% Hydrofluoricacid. 3% Formalin solution, Glycerine, Domestic detergents, Fueloil, Saturated caustic potash, automobile petrol, Sea water, 10% Lactic acid, Swamp water, Saturated caustic soda, Vegetable fats, <50%Phosphoricacid,<10%Nitricacid,<36%Hydrochloricacid,<80%Sulphuricacid,Brackishwater,animal fats,<10%Hydrogenperoxide, Saturated tartaric acid, Saturated citric acid, Sugar solution.
Resistant, after a short period of time, to: 1% Formic acid, 5% Aceticacid,Concentratedethylicacid,5%Hydrofluoricacid,<50%Methyl alcohol, 20% Lactic acid, <40% Nitric acid.
Unstable upon contact with: Acetone, 3% Formic acid, Butanone (methyl ethyl ketone), Chloroform, >10% Acetic acid, Ethylic acid, >5% Hydrofluoric acid, Methylene chloride, >20% Lactic acid,Concentrated nitric acid.
*In the case of industrial waste water, suitability of the product shouldbetestedforeachindividualcase.GISCODERE1=freefromsolvents.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
TECHNICAL FEATURESMix proportions: 1:3Paste density: Approx. 1,5 kg / litre
Consumption of material: When sealing joints: Joint width: 3 mm2
Joint depth: 5 mm2
Amount required for medium-sized tiles or mosaic tiles: 10 x 10 cm: approx. 0,45 kg /m2
15 x 15 cm: approx. 0,30 kg /m2
5 x 5 cm: approx. 0,90 kg /m2
Losses due to excess material on tiles can range between 0,10 and 0,20 kg /m2 depending on the tile type and work method used.
Use time: (at 20ºC) Approx. 80 minutesApplication time: (at 20ºC) Approx. 80 minutesAdjustment time: (at 20ºC) Approx. 80 minutesWaiting time before surface is set and strong: (at 20ºC) After enough setting time, approx. 12 hours.Tensile strength: Tensile strength: After 28 days: more than 2,5 N /mm2
Compressive strength: After 1 day: approx. 60 N /mm2. After 28 days: approx. 70 N /mm2
Flexural strength: After 1 day: approx. 30 N /mm2. After 28 days: approx. 45 N /mm2 Packaging: 4 kg tin of aplica Epoxy Joint
Symbols according to Spanish Decree on Dangerous Substances: Xi Irritant (resin), C Cauterant (hardener)Symbols according to Spanish Decree on Road Transport of Dangerous Substances: NoneStorage: Store the tins the rightwayup inadryplace.Donot turn themupsidedown!Thisproductcanbestored in itsoriginalpackaging for approx. 1 year. Initial solidification of the paste during storage does not affect the quality of aplica Epoxy Joint.
NOTE
Pág. 108
aplica Ceramic Protector is designed to protect porous and non-porous tiles from possible pigment stains. Avoid joints. Easy to apply. Single-component product. Non-flammable. Non-permanent product.
Specially-formulated to protect porous ceramics whencoloured mortar is applied like joints.
Before applying, ensure that surface to be treated is dryand free from dust, grease and efflorescence.
Shake well to mix the product.
Apply undiluted aplica Ceramic Protector using acloth, avoiding joints between tiles.
Apply two coats, leaving each coat to dry for 20 minutes.
Then grout the joints between the tiles.
Once hardened the joint, remove the protector with water.
aplica TILE GROUTS
• Makes it easier to clean after grouting
• Single-component
• Easy to apply
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original closed packaging in a dry, covered place.
aplica CeramicProtectorCERAMIC-PROTECTING ADDITIVE
TILE
GRO
UTS
1
5
6
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 109
aplica TILE GROUTS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Ceramic Protector is available in boxes of 10 containers of 1 l. and boxes of 4 containers of 5 l.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica Ceramic ProtectorCERAMIC-PROTECTING ADDITIVE
TILE
GRO
UTS
Appearance
Viscosity (at 24ºC)
Colour
Yield
Pág. 110
aplica Cement Remover is designed to eliminate tracesof cement, plaster and paint. Easy to apply. Singlecomponent product. Corrosive.
Specially formulated to eliminate traces of cement fromfloors and other finishings.
aplica Cement Remover can be diluted with water orapplied undiluted.
Pour the contents onto the stain and scrub with a brush.
Then rinse with plenty of water to eliminate all trace of the product.
Ensure that the surface you wish to treat is resistant toaplica Cement Remover before applying the product.
Donotuseonmarble,limestoneorterrazzo.
aplica TILE GROUTS
• Cleans off any leftover cement
• Can be diluted with water
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Alwayscheckthatthesurfaceyouaregoingtotreat is acid-resistant.•Thisproductiscorrosive,andshouldthereforebe handled with the appropriate care.•Donotingest.•Iftheproductcomesintocontactwitheyesorskin, rinse immediately with plenty of water.•Avoidstoringatcoldtemperaturesorinplacesdirectly exposed to the sun.•Storefor1yearinoriginalpackaging.
aplica Cement RemoverCLEANER TO REMOVETRACES OF CEMENT
TILE
GRO
UTS
1
5
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 111
aplica TILE GROUTS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Cement Remover is available in boxes of 10 plastic containers of 1 l. or boxes of 4 plastic containers of 5 l
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica Cement RemoverCLEANER TO REMOVE TRACES OF CEMENT
TILE
GRO
UTS
Appearance
Viscosity (at 24ºC)
Density
pH
Yield
Pág. 112
Product made of highly resistant white cement, micronised limestone aggregate, and organic and inorganic additives, to fill joints 0-2 mm wide between ceramic tiles. For indoor use.
Mix mechanically with clean water until you obtain a smooth paste of the required consistency.
Leave to stand for 2 - 5 minutes before applying.
Check that joints are clean and free from any dust oradhesive. Moisten the application surface if the weatherconditions require it.
Fill each joint with paste using a rubber trowel.
Remove any excess product. Once the product is hard,clean the surface with a damp sponge.
For joints more than 2 mm wide, or for outdoor tiles, use aplica Color.
aplica TILE GROUTS
•Excellent white colour
• Fill 0-2 mm joints
• For indoor use
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.
•Donotapplywhenfrostisforecasted.
•Avoidapplyingwhendirectsunlightisshiningonthe application surface.
•Alwaysusetheexactrequiredamountofwater.
aplicaLechadaWATERPROOF GROUT
Waterproof joint-filler lechada.Stable white colour. To fill joints 0 - 2 mm wide.
TILE
GRO
UTS
1
5
2
6
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 113
aplica TILE GROUTS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Lechada is available in 20 kg paper sacks with plastic lining, dispatched on shrinkwrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks). Also it is available in 6 kg sacks (5 sacks per box, on pallets weighing 750 kg).Use within 1 year of packaging date. Store the product in its original sealedpackaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplica LechadaWATERPROOF GROUT
TILE
GRO
UTS
Appearance
Mixing water
Paste density
Paste life
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Water absorption 30 minutes after application
Pág. 115
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
SPECIAL MORTARS
aplica DrySINGLE-COMPONENT WATERPROOFING MINERAL MORTAR
aplica GlassHIGH BOND, VERY WATERPROOF ADHESIVE FOR ASSEMBLING GLASS BLOCKS
aplica InsulationADHESIVE MORTAR FOR THERMAL INSULATION PANELS OF MINERAL WOOL
aplica RefractoryREFRACTORY MORTAR
aplica Plugging MortarFLASH SET PLUGGING MORTAR FOR WATER LEAKS
aplica PromptFLASH SET MORTAR
Pág. 116
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
• Watertight mortar
• Apply with a trowel or brush
• Use to waterproof swimming pools, terraces…
Mortar made of cements, aggregate, waterproofingpolymers and special additives. For indoor and outdooruse. Pressure and counter pressure waterproof.
DESCRIPTIONWaterproofing of structures such as swimming pools,terraces, basements, lift shafts, water tanks, retaining walls. To protect buildings from moisture. Foundations, outsidewalls,terraces,balconies,drains…
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATION SURFACESConcrete, prefabricated concrete blocks and hard, cementrich renderings. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.
•Toensurethatthemortarprovidesoptimumwater resistance, minimum thickness must be of 5 mm.
•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry quicker than usual. This will result in a shorter open time application.
•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.
•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplica Dry
SINGLE-COMPONENTWATERPROOFING MINERALMORTAR
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until you obtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix again before applying.
Moisten the application surface and apply a thick first coat with a flat brush.
Leave to dry for 2 to 4 hours.
Apply a second coat with a flat brush.
Trowel or smooth the mortar to achieve the desired finishing.
Wait at least 4 days before filling the tank.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Waterproofing mortar for awatertight finishing
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 117
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Dry is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plasticlining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica DrySINGLE-COMPONENT WATERPROOFING MINERAL MORTAR
FEATURES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Flexural strength 28 days after application
Paste life
Yield
Reaction to fire
Thicknesses
Pág. 118
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
• Laying glass blocks
• Strong adhesive bond
• Quick-dry
Adhesive made of highly resistant cements and hi-techpolymers, for the perfect laying and grouting of glass blocks. aplica Glass contains water-repellent additives, which make it highly water resistant.
DESCRIPTION•Assemblingandgroutingglassblocks.•Forindoorandoutdooruse.•Fast-dry.•Canbeusedwithrods.•Constructionoflargewindows,dividingwallsand partitions.
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATION SURFACESGlass blocks. Stable conventional surfaces and cement-based mortar floors. The application surface must be hard, perfectly set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.
•Inextremeweatherconditions(windorhigh temperatures), the product will dry more quicker than usual. This will result in a shorter open time application.
•Inhightemperatures,windyconditionsorifthe application surface is very absorbent, it is advisable to moisten the surface and wait for the film of water to disappear before applying the product.
•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplica Glass
HIGH BOND, WATERPROOF ADHESIVEFOR ASSEMBLING GLASS BLOCKS
Add water and mix by hand or mechanically until youobtain a smooth paste of a workable consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 5 minutes and mix againbefore applying.
Spread the paste over the sides of each glass block, aswith conventional bricks.
Lay the blocks row by row, using separators between each block to make sure that all the joints are of the same size. At the same time, reinforce the joints with galvanised steel rods.
Fill joints which have not been perfectly filled.
Finish the joints using a fine damp sponge.
After 24 hours, clean again to remove any aplica Glassthat has stuck to the blocks.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
High bond adhesive mortar for assemblingand grouting glass blocks
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 119
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Glass is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica GlassHIGH BOND, WATERPROOF ADHESIVE FOR ASSEMBLING GLASS BLOCKS
FEATURES
Appearance
Grain size
Powder density
Compressive strength 28 days after application
Mixing water
Paste life
Yield
Reaction to fire
Joint thicknesses
Pág. 120
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
• Installation of thermal insulation panel of mineral wool
• Waterproof (W2 classification)
• Spray-on format
Mortero adhesivo compuesto de cemento, áridos calizos de granulometría controlada y aditivos especiales que actúan mejorando su adherencia, tiempo abierto y capacidad hidrofugante.
DESCRIPTION• Indoor and outdoor finishing on brick or concreteblocks, for the installation of mineral wool insulation panels. Apply by hand or using a spray machine onto clean, dry, non-shrinking surfaces.
•aplica Insulation waterproofs façades but is also water vapour permeable.
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATION SURFACESThe surfaces must be stable, hard, flat and free from anydust or oils. The application surface must be absolutelyflat and levelled.Resistant surfaces, cement mortars in good condition.Brickwork,concreteblocks…
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATION•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.
•Donotapplythicknessesofmorethan15mm.
•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product.
•Donotapplyontodamp-proofsurfaces.
•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.
•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplica InsulationADHESIVE MORTAR FOR THERMAL INSULATION PANELS OF MINERAL WOOL
Check that the application surface is suitable and readyfor use.Mix mechanically, adding water gradually until youobtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the requiredconsistency.Apply evenly, then level out the mortar, covering thesurface with a minimum thickness of between 4 mmand 6 mm.Place the panels on top of the mortar while it is stillfreshly-laid (open time approx. 20 mins.), pressing downwith your hands.If the joints between the panels are less than 5 mmwide, they do not need to be sealed. In very cold orhumid areas, sealing joints with adhesive tape isrecommended.Once the insulation panels have been installed, seal thechamber by overlapping the panels.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
5
6
Classified as GP CS IV W2 according to standard UNE-EN 998-1
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 121
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Insulation is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica InsulationADHESIVE MORTAR FOR THERMAL INSULATION PANELS OF MINERAL WOOL
Mixing water
Apparent density of the product:
In powder format
In paste format
Set
Mechanical resistance 28 days after application
Flexural strength
Compressive strength
Water absorption coefficient due to capillary action
Water vapour diffusion
Permeance
Permeability
Consumption
Reaction to fire
Classification
Pág. 122
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
• Laying and grouting refractory bricks
• Resistant to high temperatures
Mortar made of aluminous cement, special aggregate and additives which make it resistant to high temperatures.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONSFor laying, grouting and assembling refractory bricks (fire bricks). Common tasks where the use of refractory mortar is required. Masonry tasks when in contact with aggressive water,containingsulphatesorwithapHofmorethan5.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplyontoplaster.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove35ºC.
•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.
•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.
•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplica RefractoryREFRACTORY MORTAR
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, paint and released agents.
Mix preferably in an electric mixer at low rpm, adding water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix againbefore applying. Moisten the mortar 24 hours afterapplication.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
Masonry mortar resistant to hightemperatures
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 123
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Refractory is available in 25 kg paper sacks withmoisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped palletsweighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica RefractoryREFRACTORY MORTAR
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Paste density
Powder density
Grain size
Max. service temperature
Pág. 124
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
• Plugs water leaks
• Flash set
• Waterproofing
Flash set single-component mortar made of special cements, siliceous aggregate and organic additives.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS APPLICATION SURFACES
FEATURES
Plugging of water leaks due to cracks or breakages. Quick anchoring of frames, anchor pins, etc. Suitable for use inboth pressure and back pressure systems. Suitable for use on floors, outside walls and ceilings.
The application surfaces must be clean, sane and freefrom oils, grease, and hollow or poorly-adhered sections. Metal elements such as reinforcement bars must be free from rust. When applying for preventative purposes, absorbent surfaces should be saturated with water before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
Flash set. Easy to mix.Waterproof. Free from chlorides.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Add three parts of aplica Plugging Mortar to one part of water and mix manually wearing rubber gloves (the speed of the set means that it is impossible to mix mechanically) until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.
Mix only mortar required to be used.
Apply mortar as soon as you have mixed it, as it sets very quickly.
For water leaks, carve out the crack until it is at least 2 cm wide and deep before applying the mortar. This will ensure that mortar is able to set correctly.
You will know that mortar is ready to apply when its temperature increases. Put the mortar into the crack and apply pressure during two or three minutes.
Once it has set, remove any excess mortar.
If the water pressure is high, try not to seal the leak completely – leave a small drainage outlet to avoid excess pressure and to allow the product to set correctly.
When anchoring objects, there should be clearance of at least 1.5 cm between the hole and the object that is going to be anchored.
aplica Plugging Mortar
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.
•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.
•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.
•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product gets dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Flash set plugging mortar for water leaks
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 125
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Plugging Mortar is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrinkwrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks), and in 5 kg sacks in boxes containing 5 sacks (25 kg).Storage: 9 months from manufacturing date in original, sealed packaging in suitable temperature and humidityconditions.
* These times may be longer at low temperatures and shorter at high temperatures.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica Plugging Mortar
Mixing water
Colour
Start of setting process*
End of setting process*
Density(Kg/l)
Grain size
Pág. 126
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
• Flash set
• Early mechanical strength
• Free from chlorides
Flash set single-component mortar made of special cements, siliceous aggregate and organic additives. This product is capable of acquiring high mechanical strength in a short time interval.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATION SURFACES
FEATURES
Quick anchoring of frames, trash racks, bathroom fittings, anchor pins, etc.Placement of drains and sewers.Placing lintels over doors and windows. Floor and edge repair.
The application surfaces must be clean, sane and free from oils, grease, and hollow or poorly-adhered sections.Metal elements such as reinforcement bars must be free from rust. When applying for preventative purposes, absorbent surfaces should be saturated with water before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
Flash set.Easy to mix.Good resistance to sulphates.Free from chlorides.
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.
•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.
•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.
•Donotmixwithplasterorwithotherproducts containing it.
•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product gets dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
aplica Prompt
Add five parts of aplica Prompt to one part of water and mix manually wearing rubber gloves (the speed of the set means that it is impossible to mix mechanically) until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste. Mix only mortar required to be used.
Apply mortar as soon as you have mixed it, as it sets very quickly.
When anchoring objects, there should be clearance of at least 1.5 cm between the hole and the object that is going to be anchored.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Flash set mortar
1
2
3
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 127
* This time may be longer at low temperatures and shorter at high temperatures.
aplica SPECIAL MORTARS
SPEC
IAL
MO
RTA
RS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
CARACTERÍSTICAS TÉCNICAS
aplica Prompt is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrinkwrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).Storage: 9 months from manufacturing date in original, sealed packaging in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
aplica Prompt
Mixing water
Colour
End of setting process*
Grain size
AGE
30 minutes
1 hour
3 hours
24 hours
28 days
Pág. 129
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
The European Standard which specifies the requirements for finishing and rendering mortars is UNE-EN 998-1. Mortars are classified according to their use, compressive strength and capillary action.
TYPE FEATURES
Compressive strength Capillary action
GENERAL PURPOSE RENDERING MORTAR
LIGHTWEIGHT RENDERING MORTAR
COLOURED RENDERING MORTAR
ONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR
RENOVATION RENDERING MORTAR
THERMAL INSULATING RENDERING MORTAR
GP
LW
CR
OC
R
T
Nospecified
(N/mm2)
>_
(Kg/m2min0,5)
CS I
CS II
CS III
CS IV
0,4 - 2,5
1,5 - 5,0
3,5 - 7,5
6
W0
W1
W2
0,40
0,20
>_
>_
aplicaRev One-Coat RMONE-COAT MORTAR FOR A COMBED FINISH
aplicaRev One-Coat PONE-COAT MORTAR FOR A SPRAYED STONE FINISH
aplicaRev One-Coat PrintedMULTI-FINISH ONE-COAT MORTAR
aplicaRev TopWATERPROOF WHITE MORTAR
aplicaRev Thin-SetFINE WATERPROOF MORTAR
aplicaRev Spray-On HSPECIAL MACHINE-SPRAYABLE WATERPROOF MORTAR
aplicaRev Spray-OnSPECIAL MACHINE-SPRAYABLE MORTAR
aplicaRev FixBONDING BRIDGE
CLASSIFICATION OF FINISHING AND RENDERING MORTARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH EN 998-1
Standards
Pág. 130
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
High performance due to the addition of carefully measured amounts of different light aggregates
to ensure a good balance between density and hardness.
The types of aggregate used to make APLICAREV ONE-COAT RM are:
Vermiculite is a natural mineral made up of magnesium aluminiumsilicate. In its natural form, vermiculite is a dark brown mica made upof sheets separated by water. When it comes into contact with a flame, the water evaporates, the sheet particles expand and the vermiculite forms a long, brown, worm-like structure with shiny metallic areas, low apparent density and high porosity.
In its natural state, perlite is a volcanic glass which contains 4% water.When calcined at 1000ºC, the water evaporates and the rock softens andexpands, growing to 20 times its initial volume. Expanded perlite has thesame qualities as the original rock. It is chemically neutral, unaffected byatmospheric agents and time, non-combustible, non-toxic, insoluble andnon-hygroscopic.
These are cellulosic additives in fibrous form. The fibre comes fromuntreated insoluble celluloses (not the same as cellulosic ethers, whichare soluble in water). It forms a three-dimensional lattice structure whichhelps minimise any expansion of the finish.
Thanks to the special additives it contains:• Cellulosic fibres• Redispersible polymers• Special additives• Inorganic pigments
Features of aplicaRev One-Coat RM
Vermiculite
Perlite
Cellulosic fibres
Workability
aplicaRev One-Coat RM
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 131
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
• Water retainers
• Thickeners
• Air-entraining additives
• Rheological modifiers
The inorganic pigments used are not affected by different weather
conditions.
Exhaustive checks are carried out on each batch of pigment to ensure
maximum traceability and colour consistency.
Special Additives
Inorganic Pigments
Assess the Condition of the Application Surface
• The constructive elements should be absolutelysound (no deflection).• The application surface must be stableIt should have undergone most of the shrinkingprocess associated with drying.• StrongAt least as strong as the one-coat mortar.• Clean• Flat• RoughIf surfaces are not rough (e.g. formworkedconcrete), use a bonding bridge.aplicaRev Fix.• Porosity• Moisture level
On-Site Use
aplicaRev One-Coat RM
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 132
• The product is mixed with 26% water.• The mortar should be mixed with a mechanical stirrer at 500 rpm, or using a spray mixer.• It should not be mixed in a concrete mixer.• Variations in the mixing conditions can lead to variations in the colour of the mortar.• We recommend using the same proportion of water each time.
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
+40ºC
aplicaRev One-Coat RM
Preparing the Mixture
Remember, varying the amount of water used can lead to increase shrinkage and to reduce mechanicalresistance.
The minimum thickness applied must be 10 mm, with an average applied thickness of 15 mm.
If thicknesses of more than 15 mm are applied, twocoats will be required.
The temperature of the application surface should be no less than 5ºC and no more than 30ºC (measured on the surface itself). Special precautions must be taken if the temperature falls outside these limits.
In hot, dry weather, the application surface should bemoistened and the product applied once the film ofwater has disappeared. We also recommend luting and moistening the finish 24 hours after it has been applied.
Remember, in cold temperatures and wetconditions (rainfall in the period immediatelyafter applying the finish), the risk ofefflorescence as a result of carbonation isincreased.
This phenomenon is particularly noticeableon dark surfaces. In these cases, werecommend protecting the façade fromrainfall, e.g. with awnings.
Less time to work
Respect all joints.Structural and masonry joints.Working joints are used to make application easier and to eliminate any joints between the different levels of a scaffold. The distance between working joints can be no greater than:- 2.5 m between horizontal joints- 7 m between vertical joints
Meeting of two different support surfaces (net treatment).
Edges
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•••
•
How to Apply the Mortar
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 133
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplicaRev One-Coat PONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR FOR A SPRAYED STONE FINISH
WHITE
IVORY
YELLOW
ALICANTE PINK
SNOWY GREY
(Consult range of colours available)Colours shown for guidance purposes only
VALENCIA PINK
BRONZE
GREEN
MACAEL GREY
WOOD
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 134
aplicaRev One-Coat RMONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR FOR A COMBED FINISH
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
WHITE 10
CREAM 20
IVORY 30
BONE 40
YELLOW 50
LEMON 60
SAHARA 70
OCHRE 80
GOLD 90
TILE 100
ORANGE 110
TERRACOTTA 120
(Consult range of colours available)Colours shown for guidance purposes only
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 135
aplicaRev One-Coat RMONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR FOR A COMBED FINISH
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
RED 130
COPPER 140
GREEN 150
BROWN 160
BEIGE 170
EARTH 180
GRIOT 190
PISTACHIO 200
GREY 210
PINK 220
BLUE 230
SALMON 240
(Consult range of colours available)Colours shown for guidance purposes only
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 136
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
.
R
Mediumcombed finish
Applymanually ormechanically
High performance
Spanish “DiT Plus”Certificate
aplicaRevOne-Coat RMONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR FOR A COMBED FINISHOne-coat rendering and finishing mortar fordecorating and protecting façades. For outdoor use.OC-CS III-W2 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN998-1. Spanish Technical Suitability Certificate 503p.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Mortar made with white Portland cement, with inorganicpigments, screened aggregate of controlled grain size, andadditives which improve the product’s workability, adhesionand plasticity. Impermeable and mass-coloured, making it suitable for different types of finish: combed, patterned, rustic, flattened, textured. Can be applied manually or mechanically.
One-coat rendering and finishing mortar for decoratingand protecting façades.
•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted as this may lead to efflorescence.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove35ºC.•Injointsbetweendifferentmaterialsorwherethereisa risk of cracking, reinforce the mortar with a fibreglass net.•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan20mm.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Ifapplyingtosmoothornon-poroussurfacesor concrete, use aplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge.•Thisproductisreadytousemixedwithwater.Donot add any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and freefrom dust, paint and release agents.Brickwork, concrete blocks, thermo-clay, rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.Check that the application surface is suitably flat and that no areas are prone to disintegration. If required, fix the surface24 hours beforehand, filling in any holes with the samematerial. If necessary, repair previously concrete surfaces with aplicaTec range products.
Check that the surface is suitable and ready for use.
If mixing mechanically, add water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the required consistency.Alternatively, mix with 7 – 7.5 l of clean water per sack using an electric mixer at low rpm until you obtain a smooth paste.
Apply evenly, then level out the mortar, covering the surface with a minimum thickness of 10 mm and an average thickness of 15 mm.
Combed Finish. Approximately 6-9 hours later, comb thesurface with a spiked trowel or scratcher. To finish, brush the surface to eliminate any loose particles.
REV_
02/1
0
2
1
3
4
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 137
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev One-Coat RM is available in 30 kg paper sacks withmoisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped palletsweighing a total of 1,260 kg (42 sacks).
aplicaRev One-Coat RMONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR FOR A COMBED FINISH
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Adhesive strength
Capillary action
Mortar density once hardened
Adhesive strength after climate cycles
Water vapour diffusion
Water vapour diffusion after climate cycles
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
Consumption
7 - 7,5 l/sack
> 5 N/mm2
> 1,5 N/mm2
> 0,4 N/mm2
< 0,2 Kg/m2 min0,5
1,3±1Kg/l
> 0,4 N/mm2
14 - 16µ
0,02 N/ml/cm2 (48 h)
< 0,6 mm/m
< 1,5 mm
< 0,01 %
11±1Kg/m2 per cm
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 138
Check that the surface is suitable and ready for use.
Mix gradually with 6 – 6.5 litres of clean water per sack untilyou obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the requiredconsistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix again beforeapplying.
Once the paste is applied, level out the mortar, covering thesurface with a minimum thickness of 10 mm.
Wait between 10 and 34 minutes, depending on the weather conditions, then spray on the aggregate.
After a few minutes, press down on the surface with a trowel to press the stone into the mortar.
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
R
Sprayedaggregate finish
Apply manuallyor mechanically
Light
aplicaRevOne-Coat PONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR FOR A COMBED FINISHOne-coat rendering and finishing mortar for decorating and protecting façades. For outdoor use. OC-CS IIIW2 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
MODO DE EMPLEO
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Mortar made with white Portland cement, with inorganicpigments, screened aggregate of controlled grain size, andadditives which improve the product’s workability, adhesion and plasticity. Sprayed stone finish.
One-coat rendering and finishing mortar for decoratingand protecting façades.
•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted as this may lead to efflorescence.•Theaggregateappliedmustbedry.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove35ºC.•Injointsbetweendifferentmaterialsorwherethereisa risk of cracking, reinforce the mortar with a fibreglass net.•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan20mm.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Ifapplyingtosmoothornon-poroussurfacesor concrete, use aplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge.•Thisproductisreadytousemixedwithwater.Donot add any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, paint and release agents.Brickwork, concrete blocks, thermo-clay, rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.Check that the application surface is suitably flat and that no areas are prone to disintegration. If required, fix the surface 24 hours beforehand, filling any holes with the same material. If necessary, repair previously concrete surfaces with aplicaTec range products.
REV_
02/1
0
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 139
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev One-Coat P is available in 30 kg paper sacks with moistureproof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a totalof 1,260 kg (42 sacks).
aplicaRev One-Coat PONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR FOR A COMBED FINISH
TECHNICAL FEATURESMixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Adhesive strength after climate cycles
Capillary action
Water vapour diffusion after climate cycles
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
Consumption
6 - 6,5 l/sack
> 4 N/mm2
> 1,7 N/mm2
> 0,3 N/mm2
< 0,2 Kg/m2 min0,5
0,01 N/ml/cm2 (48 h)
1,45±0,1Kg/l
< 0,5 mm/m
< 1,5 mm
< 0,01 %
13±2Kg/m2 per cm
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 140
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
.
R
Multi-finish
Applymanuallyor mechanically
Semi-light
aplicaRevOne-Coat PrintedMULTI-FINISH ONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAROne-coat rendering and finishing mortar fordecorating and protecting façades. For indoorand outdoor use. OC-CS III-W2 in accordancewith Standard UNE-EN 998-1.
DESCRIPTION APPLICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATION SURFACES
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Mortar made with white Portland cement, with inorganicpigments, screened aggregate of controlled grain size, andadditives which improve the product’s workability, adhesion and plasticity.Impermeable and mass-coloured, making it possible tocreate different finishes by combining colours and textures. Consult available range. Can be applied manually ormechanically.
Check that the surface is suitable and ready for use.
If mixing mechanically, add water gradually until youobtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the requiredconsistency. Alternatively, mix with 7 – 7.5 l of cleanwater per sack using an electric mixer at low rpm untilyou obtain a smooth paste.
Apply evenly, then level out the mortar, covering thesurface with a minimum thickness of 10 mm and anaverage thickness of 15 mm.
After 10-20 minutes (depending on the weather), finishthe mortar to the desired texture. To decide when themortar is ready for this step, press lightly with yourfingertips. If none of the product sticks to your fingers,you can proceed with the finishing process.
Apply a liquid release agent to the paste and to the roller or mould.
Press the mould or roller onto the paste to create thedesired finish.
After 24 hours, paint the aplicaRev One-Coat Printer mortar according to the customer’s specifications.
Varnish the finish with a fixing resin.These last two steps are optional, depending on the finish required.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, paint and release agents.Brickwork, concrete blocks, thermo-clay, cough M-7,5 mortar renderings and concrete.Check that the application surface is suitably flat and that no areas are prone to disintegration. If required, fix the surface 24 hours beforehand, filling any holes with the same material.
•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted as this may lead to efflorescence.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove35ºC.•Injointsbetweendifferentmaterialsorwherethereisa risk of cracking, reinforce the mortar with a fibreglass net.•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan20mm.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Ifapplyingtosmoothornon-poroussurfacesor concrete, use aplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storetheproduct in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
One-coat rendering and finishing mortar for decoratingand protecting façades.
REV_
02/1
0
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 141
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev One-Coat Printed is available in 30 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped palletsweighing a total of 1,260 kg (42 sacks).
aplicaRev One-Coat PrintedMULTI-FINISH ONE-COAT RENDERING MORTAR
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Adhesive strength
Capillary action
Mortar density once hardened
Adhesive strength after climate cycles
Water vapour diffusion
Water vapour diffusion after climate cycles
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
Consumption
7 - 7,5 l/sack
> 5 N/mm2
> 1,5 N/mm2
> 0,4 N/mm2
< 0,2 Kg/m2 min0,5
1,3±1Kg/l
> 0,4 N/mm2
14 - 16µ
0,02 N/ml/cm2 (48 h)
< 0,5 mm/m
< 1,5 mm
< 0,01 %
15 Kg/m2 per cm
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 142
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
.
R
aplicaRev TopWATERPROOF WHITE RENDERING MORTAR
Impermeable white rendering and finishing mortar for use on façades.Spray-on mortar for indoor and outdoor use. GP-CS IV - W2 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Mortar made with white Portland cement, screenedaggregate of controlled grain size, and additives whichimprove the product’s workability, adhesion and plasticity.Machine mixable.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and freefrom dust, paint and release agents.Check that the application surface is suitably flat and thatno areas are prone to disintegration. If required, fix thesurface 24 hours beforehand, filling any holes with thesame material. Brickwork, concrete blocks, thermo-clay,rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.
General purpose white finishing mortar for use on patios,dividing walls, garages, fences, thoroughfares.
•Donotapplyontoplaster.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.•Forthicknessesgreaterthan20mm,applyintwo coats, leaving at least 24 hours between each one.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Ifapplyingtosmoothornon-poroussurfacesor concrete, use aplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge.•Thisproductisreadytousemixedwithwater.Donot add any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
Check that the surface is suitable and ready for use.
Moisten the application surfaces before use.
Mix with 5.5 – 5.8 litres of clean water per sack using anelectric mixer at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lumpfree paste of the required consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread over the application surface to a thickness of nomore than 5 mm.
Once the paste has started to harden, smooth the surfacewith a wooden or plastic trowel.
After 24 hours, moisten the mortar. Repeat this process for2 or 3 days.
Multi-finish
Applymanuallyor mechanically
Semi-lightREV_
02/1
0
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 143
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev Top is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
aplicaRev TopWATERPROOF WHITE RENDERING MORTAR
TECHNICAL FEATURESMixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Adhesive strength
Capillary action
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
Consumption
5,5 - 5,8 l/sack
> 5 N/mm2
> 1,7 N/mm2
> 0,4 N/mm2
< 0,2 Kg/m2 min0,5
1,45±0,1Kg/l
< 0,5 mm/m
< 1,5 mm
< 0,01 %
13±2Kg/m2 per cm
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 144
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
.
Fine finish
Waterproof
Apply manuallyor mechanically
aplicaRevThin-SetWATERPROOF WHITE RENDERING MORTARImpermeable white rendering and finishing mortar for a fine finish on rendered walls. For indoor and outdoor use. GP-CS III - W1 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Mortar made with white or grey Portland cement, screened aggregate of controlled grain size, and additives whichimprove the product’s workability, adhesion and plasticity.
General-purpose rendering and finishing mortar for use onfaçades, patios, garages, fences, dividing walls.
•Donotapplyontoplaster.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.•Donotapplyontowaterproofed,smoothornon- porous surfaces.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Ifapplyingtosmoothornon-poroussurfacesor concrete, use aplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, paint and release agents. Check that the applicationsurface is suitably flat and that no areas are prone todisintegration. If required, fix the surface 24 hours beforehand, filling any holes with the same material. Brickwork, concrete blocks, thermo-clay, rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Check that the surface is suitable and ready for use.
Moisten the application surfaces before use.
Mix with 5.5 – 5.8 litres of clean water per sack using anelectric mixer at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lumpfreepaste of the required consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix again beforeapplying.
Spread over the application surface to a thickness of nomore than 5 mm.
Once the paste has started to harden, smooth the surfacewith a wooden or plastic trowel.
After 24 hours, moisten the mortar. Repeat this process for2 or 3 days.
REV_
02/1
0
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 145
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev Thin-Set is available in 25 kg paper sacks withmoisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped palletsweighing a total of 1,200 kg (64 sacks).
aplicaRev Thin-SetWATERPROOF WHITE RENDERING MORTAR
TECHNICAL FEATURESMixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Adhesive strength
Capillary action
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
Consumption
5,5 - 5,8 l/sack
> 5 N/mm2
> 2 N/mm2
> 0,3 N/mm2
< 0,2 Kg/m2 min0,5
1,49±1Kg/l
< 1 mm/m
< 1 mm
< 0,01 %
9±1Kg/m2
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 146
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
.
R
Polished ortrowelled finish
White and grey
Apply manuallyor mechanically
aplicaRevSpray-On HSPECIAL MACHINE-SPRAYABLE MORTARRendering and finishing mortar. Grey or white. For indoor and outdoor use. GP-CS III - W1 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1(W2 also available upon request)
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNING ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
Mortar made with white Portland cement, with inorganicpigments, screened aggregate of controlled grain size, andadditives which improve the product’s workability, adhesionand plasticity.Specially-formulated to be sprayed on using a machine.
General-purpose rendering and finishing mortar for use onfaçades, patios, garages, fences, dividing walls.
•Donotapplyontoplaster.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove35ºC.•Forthicknessesgreaterthan15mm,applyintwocoats, leaving at least 24 hours between each one.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Ifapplyingtosmoothornon-poroussurfacesor concrete, use aplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and freefrom dust, paint and release agents.Check that the application surface is suitably flat and thatno areas are prone to disintegration. If required, fix thesurface 24 hours beforehand, filling any holes with thesame material. Brickwork, concrete blocks, thermo-clay,rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.
It is better to apply this product with a machine.
Mix gradually with 4.7 – 5 litres of clean water per sackuntil you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the requi-red consistency.
Spread evenly over the application surface, covering witha maximum thickness of 15 mm.
After approximately 30 minutes (depending on theweather conditions), trowel with a plastic or woodenfloat.
REV_
02/1
0
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 147
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev Spray-On H is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moistureproof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing atotal of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).
aplicaRev Spray-On HSPECIAL MACHINE-SPRAYABLE MORTAR
TECHNICAL FEATURESMixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Adhesive strength
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
Consumption
5,5 l/sack
> 5 N/mm2
> 1,7 N/mm2
> 0,3 N/mm2
1,45±1Kg/l
< 1 mm/m
< 1,6 mm
< 0,01 %
20±2Kg/m2 per cm
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 148
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
.
R
Easy workability
White and grey
Apply manuallyor mechanically
aplicaRevSpray-OnSPECIAL MACHINE-SPRAYABLE COVERING MORTARRendering and finishing mortar. Grey or white.For indoor and outdoor use. GP-CS III – W0 inaccordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENADTIONS
Mortar made with white Portland cement, with inorganicpigments, screened aggregate of controlled grain size, andadditives which improve the product’s workability, adhesionand plasticity.Specially-formulated to be sprayed on using a machine.
General-purpose rendering and finishing mortar for useon façades, patios, garages, fences, dividing walls.
•Donotapplyontoplaster.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove35ºC.•Forthicknessesgreaterthan15mm,applyintwocoats, leaving at least 24 hours between each one.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Ifapplyingtosmoothornon-poroussurfacesorconcrete, use aplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storetheproduct in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and freefrom dust, paint and release agents.Check that the application surface is suitably flat and thatno areas are prone to disintegration. If required, fix the surface 24 hours beforehand, filling any holes with the same material. Brickwork, concrete blocks, thermo-clay, rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.
It is better to apply this product with a machine.
Mix gradually with 4.7 – 5 litres of clean water per sackuntil you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the required consistency.
Spread evenly over the application surface, covering witha maximum thickness of 15 mm.
After approximately 30 minutes (depending on the weather conditions), trowel with a plastic or wooden float.
REV_
02/1
0
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 149
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
.
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev Spray-On is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).
aplicaRev Spray-OnSPECIAL MACHINE-SPRAYABLE COVERING MORTAR
TECHNICAL FEATURESMixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Adhesive strength
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
Consumption
5,5 l/sack
> 5 N/mm2
> 1,7 N/mm2
> 0,3 N/mm2
1,45±1Kg/l
< 1 mm/m
< 1,6 mm
< 0,01 %
20±2Kg/m2
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
Pág. 150
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
.
.
R
Ready-to-usebonding bridge
Primer
Non-absorbentapplicationsurfaces
aplicaRev FixBONDING BRIDGE
Primer to prepare concrete surfaces withno surface absorption for the applicationof general finishes and mortars
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
PROPERTIESProduct made with synthetic resins and mineral loads, designed for use as an adhesive bridge for cement or limestone-based mortars applied onto non-absorbent concrete surfaces.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Donotapplywhenfrostorrainareforecasted.•Avoidapplyingwhendirectsunlightisshiningonthe application surface.
•Nosediment.•Quick-dry.•Goodadhesionbetweensurfaceandbridge.•Water-based,non-flammable.
For use on indoor and outdoor walls and ceilings. Concretesurfaces with no surface absorption, which must be dry, sound and clean, free from dust, traces of paint, release agents,surface grout or any foreign agent which may prevent goodadhesion. Can be applied on architectural concrete façades and concrete walls in industrial warehouses.Repair previousy concrete surfaces by using products of aplicaTec range, if necessary.
Before you apply aplicaRev Fix, check that the application surface is firm, free from release agents and suitably flat.
Stir thoroughly.
Apply the product onto the application surface using abrush or roller.
Apply the finish within 3 days.
You can apply the mortar once the product is dry to thetouch.
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 151
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS
.
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
AVAILABLE FORMATSaplicaRev Fix is available in 18 kg (25 litre) containers and on pallets with 21 containers. Use within 1 year of date of packaging. Store the product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.If the container has been stored for a period of 12 months, check the product to ensure that it is still suitable for use.
aplicaRev FixBONDING BRIDGE
TECHNICAL FEATURESMixing water
Yield
Dryingtime
Colour
Adhesive strength on concrete
Adhesive strength on porous surfaces
Semi-fluid Paste
0,5 - 0,6 Kg/m2
Between 1 and 24 hours, depending onthe weather conditions at the time of application
Orangey
>0,4 MPa
> 0,4 MPa
Pág. 153
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime FINISHING MORTARSECOLOGICAL MORTARS
aplicaRev Lime Undercoat MortarLIME UNDERCOAT MORTAR FOR OLD SURFACES
aplicaRev Lime Rendering MortarLIME-BASED RENDERING MORTAR
aplicaRev Lime StuccoLIME-BASED STUCCO MORTAR
ecologicalmortars
Pág. 154
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
• Non-hydraulic lime only hardens when it comes into contact with air (CO2) (a process known as carbonation). This is an slow process, which can take several days or even years.
• Hydraulic lime hardens when it comes into contact with water. It behaves in a way similar to cement, but the process is not as fast and it is not as strong in the short term.
• Concrete• Cement-based mortar renderings and finishings• Ceramic work• Pre-existing ceramics• Plasteboard• Plaster
• aplicaRev Lime Undercoat Mortar• aplicaRev Lime Rendering Mortar• aplicaRev Lime Stucco
Types of Lime
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN NON-HYDRAULIC AND HYDRAULIC LIMES
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 155
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
• Non-Hydraulic Lime: Main bonding material.• Aggregate: Mainly carbonates.• Pigments: Mainly mineral oxides.• Additives: To make the mortars more stable and to give them better characteristics than conventional lime mortars.
The family is made up of three products, used to renovate historicbuildings and new façades.
APLICAREV LIME UNDERCOAT MORTAR • Mortar to level out surfaces. • Used in the renovation of stonework and old surfaces. • Classified as GP-CSI-W0 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1.
APLICAREV LIME RENDERING MORTAR
• Decorative finishing mortar for façades. • Impermeable and with various different finish options: trowelled, fine combed, polished and smooth. • Classified as GP-CSI-W2 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1. • 10 different shades available. • Machine-sprayable. • Two coats required for a smooth finish.
APLICAREV LIME STUCCO • Fine mortar made with non-hydraulic lime which can be used to create a smooth finish (matt or shiny). • Decorative and waterproof, for indoor and outdoor use. • Use in conjunction with Aplicarev Lime Rendering Mortar.
The main bonding material in AplicaRev Lime mortars is non-hydraulic lime. The mortarsalso contain tricalcium silicate which helps to make them stronger in the short and mediumterm.
Composition of Aplicarev Lime
aplicaRev Lime Family (Ecological Mortars)
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 156
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
The process of transforming limestone into quicklime uses lessenergy than cement processing:
• Cement processing requires temperatures of between 1000ºC and 1200ºC
• Lime processing requires temperatures of between 700ºC and 800ºC
Furthermore, during the hardening process, aplicaRev Lime productsabsorb CO2 from the atmosphere, helping to combat pollution.
Because of their chemical composition, aplicaRev Lime mortars givesurfaces biocidal properties.
aplicaRev Lime finishes are more permeable to dissolved salts thancement mortars as a result of their internal structure.
Because of their internal structure, which allows dissolved salts topermeate out more easily than in cement mortars, aplicaRev Limefinishes help to prevent renders from breaking as a result of cryptofluorescence.
ADVANTAGES OF USING aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
1. Environmentally-Friendly Product
4. Biocidal Properties
2. Higher Permeability to Dissolved Salts
3. They Minimise Breakages Resulting from Crypto-Fluorescence
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 157
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
ADVANTAGES OF USING aplicaRev Lime MORTARSADVANTAGES OF USING aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
Environmentally-Friendly ProductEliminates CO2
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 158
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
ADVANTAGES OF USING aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
• Higher Permeability to Dissolved Salts• Biocidal properties
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 159
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
ADVANTAGES OF USING aplicaRev Lime MORTARS
• They Minimise BreakagesResulting from Crypto-Fluorescence
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 160
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime Rendering MortarLIME-BASED RENDERING MORTAR
SAND STONE
SKY CORAL
FERN HAY
POLAR BORDEAUX
CLAY
(Consult range of colours available)Colours shown for guidance purposes only
IBIZA
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 161
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime EstucoLIME-BASED STUCCO MORTAR
SAND STONE
SKY CORAL
FERN HAY
POLAR IBIZA
(Consult range of colours available)Colours shown for guidance purposes only
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 162
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
Mortar made with non-hydraulic lime, for the renovation of brickwork and old surfaces. Use as an undercoat in conjunction with aplicaRev Lime Rendering Mortar.
• Renovation of brickwork and old surfaces
• Non-hydraulic lime
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESOld lime surfaces, cement mortars, mixed mortars, brickwork and concrete blocks. The surfaces must be resistant, hard, stable, in good condition and free from any oils and grease.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
APPLICATIONS
•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.•Injointsbetweendifferentmaterialsorwherethere is a risk of cracking, reinforce the mortar with a fibreglass net.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
Used as a base mortar to level out any surface irregularities on the application surface.
aplicaRevUndercoat MortarLIME UNDERCOAT MORTAR FOR OLD SURFACES
Lime-based undercoat mortar specially designed for use on brickwork and old surfaces. GP-CS I – W0 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1.
Before you apply the product, clean the application surface to eliminate all traces of the old mortar.
Add water and mix until you obtain a paste of the required consistency.
Fill any holes and joints between stones on the surfaceusing the same product, then apply the required thickness of the base mortar.
Apply the thickness required in accordance with the condition of the surface, between 10 and 50 mm. If thicknesses of more than 10 mm are required, apply in different layers 15 mm thick.
It is advisable to reinforce the first layer with fibreglassnetting. This net will remain inside the paste with a 5 mm layer of mortar underneath it.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
5
REV_
02/1
0
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 163
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Undercoat MortarLIME UNDERCOAT MORTAR FOR OLD SURFACES
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaRev Undercoat Mortar is available in 30 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatchedon shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,260 kg (42 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations..
Mixing water
Apparent density of the product
In powder format
In paste format
Set
Water vapour diffusion
Mechanical resistance
Flexural strength
Compressive strength
Consumption
Classification in accordance with theUNE-EN 998-1 Standard
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 164
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
Mortar made with non-hydraulic lime, for the rendering of façades. Perfect for restoring or renovating old façades.Impermeable, breathable and mass-coloured, suitable for different types of finish. Trowelled, fine combed, polished and smooth. Apply manually or mechanically.
• Restoration of old façades, or new façades
• Combed, trowelled, polished or smooth finish
• Apply manually or mechanically
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESOld lime surfaces, cement mortars, mixed mortars, brickwork and concrete blocks. The surfaces must be resistant, hard, stable, in good condition and free from any oils and grease.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
APPLICATIONS
•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.•Injointsbetweendifferentmaterialsorwherethereis a risk of cracking, reinforce the mortar with a fibreglass net.•Ifgreaterthicknessesarerequired,applyinlayers 15 mm thick.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
Lime rendering mortar for the decoration of façades.Impermeable and offering different finishes: trowelled, fine combed, polished and smooth.
aplicaRevRendering MortarLIME-BASED RENDERING MORTARFine lime mortar for decorating and protectingfaçades. For indoor and outdoor use. Classified as CR-CSI-W2 in accordance with Standard UNE-EN 998-1
Check that the application surface is suitable and readyfor use.
Mix mechanically, adding water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the required consistency.
We recommend levelling the surface before application(luting).
Apply evenly, then level out the mortar, covering thesurface with a minimum thickness of between 7 mm and 9 mm.
Finish the mortar as desired.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
5
REV_
02/1
0
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 165
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Rendering MortarLIME-BASED RENDERING MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaRev Rendering Mortar is available in 30 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatchedon shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,260 kg (42 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Mixing water
Apparent density of the product
In powder format
In paste format
Set
Water vapour diffusion
Mechanical resistance
Flexural strength
Compressive strength
Consumption
Classification in accordance with theUNE-EN 998-1 Standard
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 166
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
Non-hydraulic lime mortar, for a smooth, matt or shiny finish.Rainwater-proof. Perfect for restoring or renovating old and indoor façades. Apply by hand.
• Smooth stucco, matt or shiny finish
• For indoor or outdoor use
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESOld lime surfaces which are strong and in good condition. The ideal application surface is aplicaRev Lime Rendering MORTAR with a trowelled or smooth finish.
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
APPLICATIONS
•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted as this may lead to efflorescence.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Aswithalllimeand/orcementproducts,theremaybe some slight colour variations.•Lightcoloursshouldbeusedtoavoidanycolour variations.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
Lime rendering mortar for the decoration of façades andindoor walls. Impermeable and offering different finishes: smooth matt or smooth shiny.
aplicaRevLime StuccoLIME-BASED STUCCO MORTAR
Check that the application surface is suitable and readyfor use.
Add water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lumpfree paste of the required consistency.
Matt Finish: Ensure that the application surface is trowelled and dry to the touch, then apply the mortar to a thickness of less than 1 mm. Smooth the surface with a trowel several times.
Shiny Finish: Ensure that the application surface is trowelled and dry to the touch, then apply the mortar to a thickness of less than 1 mm.Smooth with a trowel repeatedly until the mortar has ashiny texture.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 167
aplic
aRev
Lim
eFI
NIS
HIN
G M
OR
TARS
aplicaRev Lime StuccoLIME-BASED STUCCO MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaRev Lime Stucco is available ready-to-use in 15 kg sacks and 3 kg bags.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Apparent density of the product
In powder format
In paste format
Consumption
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 168
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
FINISHING RENDERING MORTARSDepolluting and Self-Cleaning
ecologicalmortars
Pág. 169
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS aplicaRev LimeECOLOGICAL MORTARS
aplicaRev Spray-On TX DepollutingSPECIAL DEPOLLUTING MORTAR FOR MECHANICAL SPRAY APPLICATION
aplicaRev Spray-On TX Self-CleaningSPECIAL SELF-CLEANING MORTAR FOR MECHANICAL SPRAY APPLICATION
aplicaRev Thin-Set TX DepollutingDEPOLLUTING WATERPROOF MORTAR, FINE FINISHING
aplicaRev Thin-Set TX Self-CleaningSELF-CLEANING WATERPROOF MORTAR, FINE FINISHING
ecologicalmortars
Pág. 170
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
aplicaRev Spray-On TX Depolluting is made withphotocatalytic white, grey cement, lime, selected aggregates of controlled grain size, inorganic pigments, and additives which improve the product’s workability, adhesive bond, plasticity and waterproof. Specially formulated to be applied by spray machine.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESThe surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, pain and release agents. Check that the application surface is suitably flat, that there are not disintegrating parts. If required, fix the surface 24 hours beforehand, filling in any holes with the same material.Brickwork, concrete blocks, rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENTATIONS•Donotcoverthesurfaceofphotocatalyticcement mortars, as it could affect its decontamination properties.Donotapplyontoplastersurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35 ºC.•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan20mm, up to a maximum thickness of 30 mm; waiting for the first coat has hardened enough.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterrepellentsurfaces.•UseaplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge on concrete and on smooth or non porous surfaces.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaRevSpray-On TXSPECIAL DEPOLLUTING MORTAR FOR MECHANICAL SPRAY APPLICATION
Apply preferably by using a spray machine.
Use of 4.7-5 liters of clean water by adjusting the relationship until you obtain smooth, lump free-paste of the required consistency.
Spread evenly over the surface with an average thickness of 15 mm.
After 30 minutes approximately (depending on environmental conditions), smooth with a plastic or wood handle grout float.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
Waterproof rendering with depolluting capacity. White, grey or pigmented. For outdoor use. GP CS III W2 and CR CS III W2 in accordance with Standard UNE EN 998-1.
Depolluting
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
ecologicalmortars
This product contains the
photocatalytic principle
formulated to
• Environmentally friendly decontaminant.
• Polished or trowelled finish.
• White and grey.
• Apply manually or mechanically.
Pág. 171
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
aplicaRev Spray-On TXSPECIAL DEPOLLUTING MORTAR FOR MECHANICAL SPRAY APPLICATION
PRESENTACIÓN
DEPOLLUTING
NOTE
aplicaRev Spray-On TX Depolluting is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is use. As the applications are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Photocatalytic cements in the presence of natural light transform permanently air pollutant substances into gases or salts that have no impact on the environment and on people’s health. By action of the photocatalytic effect, gaseous pollutants are trapped on the surface of photocatalytic cement mortars. Thereafter, oxidation-reduction reactions become harmfulgaseoussubstances,eliminatingairpollutionagents.Depollutingmortar,producedfromphotocatalyticcementscan reduce by 20% and 80%, depending on weather conditions and light, harmful substances produced by human activity suchasnitrogenoxides(NOx),sulfuroxides(SOx),NHX(gas),volatileorganiccompoundsorVOCs(benzene,toluene…),fineparticulate(PM10,PM2,5)andother…
aplicaRev Spray-On TX Depolluting has been designed specifically for the performance of façade finishes, able to actively contribute to reducing air pollution.
TECHNICAL FEATURES4,75 – 5 l/sack
CS III
< 0,2 kg/m2 min.0,5
< 1,7 mm
22±2kg/m2 per cm
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Capillary action
Grain size
Consumption
Depolluting
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
LIGHTORGANIC
POLLUTANTSINORGANIC
POLLUTANTS
Pág. 172
This product contains the
photocatalytic principle
formulated to
aplicaRevSpray-On TXSelf-Cleaning
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
aplicaRev Spray-On TX Self-Cleaning is made with photocatalytic white, grey cement, lime, selected aggregates of controlled grain size, inorganic pigments, and additives which improve the product’s workability, adhesive bond, plasticity and waterproof. Specially formulated to be applied by spray machine.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESThe surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, pain and release agents. Check that the application surface is suitably flat, that there are not disintegrating parts. If required, fix the surface 24 hours beforehand, filling in any holes with the same material.Brickwork, concrete blocks, rough M-7.5 mortar renderings and concrete.
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENTATIONS•Donotcoverthesurfaceofphotocatalyticcement mortars, as it could affect its self-cleaning property. •Donotapplyontoplastersurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35 ºC.•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan20mm, up to a maximum thickness of 30 mm; waiting for the first coat has hardened enough.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•Donotapplyontowaterrepellentsurfaces.•UseaplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge on concrete and on smooth or non porous surfaces.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
SPECIAL SELF-CLEANING MORTAR FOR MECHANICAL SPRAY APPLICATION
Apply preferably by using a spray machine.
Use of 4.7-5 liters of clean water by adjusting the relationship until you obtain smooth, lump free-paste of the required consistency.
Spread evenly over the surface with an average thickness of 15 mm.
After 30 minutes approximately (depending on environmental conditions), smooth with a plastic or wood handle grout float.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
Waterproof rendering mortar with self-cleaning capacity. White, grey or pigmented. For outdoor use. GP CS III W2 and CR CS III W2 in accordance with Standard UNE EN 998-1. ecological
mortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
• Environmentally friendly decontaminant.
• Polished or trowelled finish.
• White and grey.
• Apply manually or mechanically.
Pág. 173
4,75 – 5 l/sack
CS III
< 0,2 kg/m2 min.0,5
< 1,7 mm
22±2kg/m2 per cm
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Capillary action
Grain size
Consumption
aplicaRev Spray-On TXSelf-Cleaning
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
SPECIAL SELF-CLEANING MORTAR FOR MECHANICAL SPRAY APPLICATION
PRESENTATION
SELF-CLEANING
NOTE
aplicaRev Spray-On TX Self-Cleaning is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is use. As the applications are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Photocatalytic cement work by dissolving or decomposing in the presence of light, the dirt that accumulates on the surface of walls and facades.Self-Cleaning mortar minimizes waste usually of biological origin, which stain the facades of buildings, public works, etc. maintaining the color and aesthetic values of the initial construction, in addition to providing an extraordinary brilliance and luminosity.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
DECOMPOSITION OF BIOLOGICAL FOULING
DECOMPOSITION
ACTION OF THE PHOTOCATALYTIC EFFECT
ACTION OFUV RAYS
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 174
This product contains the
photocatalytic principle
formulated to
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
aplicaRev Thin-Set TX Depolluting is made with photocatalytic white, grey cement, lime, selected aggregates of controlled grain size, inorganic pigments, and additives which improve the product’s workability, adhesive bond, plasticity and waterproof. Specially formulated to be applied to a maximum thickness of 5 mm, as a fine-textured façade finishing.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESStable and healthy mortar renderings with a proper absorption, roughness, flatness and strength. Check that the application surface is suitably flat. Ensure that there is no dust, disintegrating parts, remains of plaster, paint and surface water repellents that avoid proper placing and anchoring.
PRECAUCIONES YRECOMENDACIONES•DonotcoverthesurfaceofTXcementmortars,asit could affect its depolluting properties. •Donotapplydirectlytotheenclosure(brick,concrete block, etc.).•Donotapplyontoplastersurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35 ºC.•Donotapplyontosmoothornonporouswater repellent surfaces.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•UseaplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge on concrete and on smooth or non porous surfaces.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
aplicaRevThin-Set TXDEPOLLUTING WATERPROOF MORTAR, FINE FINISHING
Check that the application surface is suitable and ready for use. Moisten surfaces before applying the product.
Use of 4.7-5 liters of clean water in an electric mixer at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste. Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix again before applying. Spread over the surface in thickness not exceeding 5 mm. Once the mortar has started to harden, smoothed with a plastic or wood trowel.
Moisten the mortar 24 hours after application. Repeat for 2 to 3 days.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
REV_
02/1
0
Depolluting, waterproof, rendering mortar. White, grey or pigmented. For fine finishing on rendered walls. For outdoor use. GP CS III W1 and CR CS III W1 in accordance with Standard UNE EN 998-1.
Depolluting
ecologicalmortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
• Environmentally friendly decontaminant.
• Fine finish.
• Waterproof.
• Apply manually or mechanically.
Pág. 175
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
aplicaRev Thin-Set TXDEPOLLUTING WATERPROOF MORTAR, FINE FINISHING
PRESENTATION
DEPOLLUTING
NOTE
aplicaRev Thin-Set TX Depolluting is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is use. As the applications are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Photocatalytic cements, incorporating the active principle TX, in the presence of light transform permanently air pollutant substances into gases or salts that have no impact on the environment and on people’s health. By action of the photocatalytic effect, gaseous pollutants are trapped on the surface of TX cement mortars. Thereafter, oxidation-reduction reactions becomeharmfulgaseoussubstances,eliminatingairpollutionagents.Depollutingmortar,producedfromTXcementscanreduce by 20% and 80%, depending on weather conditions and light, harmful substances produced by human activity suchasnitrogenoxides(NOx),sulfuroxides(SOx),NHX(gas),volatileorganiccompoundsorVOCs(benzene,toluene…),fineparticulate(PM10,PM2,5)andother…
aplicaRev Thin-Set TX Depolluting has been designed specifically for the performance of façade finishes, able to actively contribute to reducing air pollution.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Depolluting
LIGHTORGANIC
POLLUTANTSINORGANIC
POLLUTANTS
4,75 – 5 l/sack
CS III
< 0,4 kg/m2 min.0,5
< 1 mm
9±1kg/m2 per cm
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Capillary action
Grain size
Consumption
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 176
This product contains the
photocatalytic principle
formulated to
aplicaRevThin-Set TXSelf-Cleaning
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
aplicaRev Thin-Set TX Self-Cleaning is made with photocatalytic white, grey cement, lime, selected aggregates of controlled grain size, inorganic pigments, and additives which improve the product’s workability, adhesive bond, plasticity and waterproof. Specially formulated to be applied to a maximum thickness of 5 mm, as a fine-textured façade finishing.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESStable and healthy mortar renderings with a proper absorption, roughness, flatness and strength. Check that the application surface is suitably flat. Ensure that there is no dust, disintegrating parts, remains of plaster, paint and surface water repellents that avoid proper placing and anchoring.
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENTATIONS•DonotcoverthesurfaceofTXcementmortars,asit could affect its self-cleaning properties. •Donotapplydirectlytotheenclosure(brick,concrete block, etc.).•Donotapplyontoplastersurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35 ºC.•Donotapplyontosmoothornonporouswater repellent surfaces.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.•UseaplicaRev Fix as an adhesive bridge on concrete and on smooth or non porous surfaces.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
SELF-CLEANING WATERPROOF MORTAR, FINE FINISHING
Check that the application surface is suitable and ready for use. Moisten surfaces before applying the product.
Use of 4.7-5 liters of clean water in an electric mixer at low rpm until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix again before applying.
Spread over the surface in thickness not exceeding 5 mm.
Once the mortar has started to harden, smoothed with a plastic or wood trowel.
Moisten the mortar 24 hours after application. Repeat for 2 to 3 days.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
REV_
02/1
0
Self-Cleaning cement with additives to be applied as a façade waterproof finishing. White, grey or pigmented. For fine finishing. For outdoor use. GP CS III W1 and CR CS III W1 in accordance with Standard UNE EN 998-1. ecological
mortars
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
• Environmentally friendly decontaminant.
• Fine finish.
• Waterproof.
• Apply manually or mechanically.
Pág. 177
aplicaRev Thin-Set TXSelf-Cleaning
FIN
ISH
ING
REN
DER
ING
M
OR
TARS
apl
icaR
ev L
ime
SELF-CLEANING WATERPROOF MORTAR, FINE FINISHING
PRESENTATION
SELF-CLEANING
NOTE
aplicaRev Thin-Set TX Self-Cleaning is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,000 kg (40 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is use. As the applications are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Photocatalytic cements work by dissolving or decomposing in the presence of light, the dirt that accumulates on the surface of walls and facades.Self-Cleaning mortar minimizes waste usually of biological origin, which stain the facades of buildings, public works, maintaining the color and aesthetic values of the initial construction, in addition to providing an extraordinary brilliance and luminosity.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
DECOMPOSITION OF BIOLOGICAL FOULING
DECOMPOSITION
ACTION OF THE PHOTOCATALYTIC EFFECT
ACTION OFUV RAYS
4,75 – 5 l/sack
CS III
< 0,4 kg/m2 min.0,5
< 1 mm
9±1kg/m2 per cm
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Capillary action
Grain size
Consumption
aplica FINISHING RENDERING MORTARS ECOLOGICAL MORTARS
Pág. 179
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
aplicaRev AcrylicACRYLIC FINISHING MORTAR
aplicaRev Acrylic UndercoatPRIMER FOR USE WITH ACRYLIC MORTAR
aplicaRev RenovationFAÇADE RENOVATION MORTAR
Pág. 180
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
aplicaRev Acrylic Mortar
WHITE 01
NACRE 02
VANILLA 04
CINNAMON 06
HAZELNUT 07
OCHRE 08
MOJACAR 09
RUSTIC 10
ALMOND 11
APHRODITE 13
(Consult range of colours available)Colours shown for guidance purposes only
Pág. 181
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
aplicaRev Acrylic Mortar
MILITARY RED 15
RUST RED 16
TOBACCO BROWN 17
ROCK 18
ARTIFICIAL STONE 20
PASTEL GREEN 21
LEAF GREEN 22
DAWN BLUE 23
DIAMOND GREY 24
STRONG GREY 25
(Consult range of colours available)Colours shown for guidance purposes only
Pág. 182
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplicaRev Acrylic Mortar is a waterproofing finish made with a copolymer dispersion with added pigments. Highdurability.
aplica
• Acrylic finishing mortar
• 20 colours
• Renovation
DESCRIPTION
USESSpecially-formulated to protect and decorate façades and indoor walls. For use on materials commonly used inconstruction.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
STORAGE
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 30ºC, in direct sunlight or when rain or frost are forecasted.
•Donotapplyonhorizontalsurfacesorslopedsurfacesatanangleoflessthan45°.
•Washalltoolsusedwithplentyofwater.
Avoid storing at cold temperatures or in places directlyexposed to the sun.
aplicaRevAcrylic Mortar
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTAR FORNEW BUILDINGS AND RENOVATIONS
Apply with a trowel or spray gun.
The application surface must be dry, clean and free fromany sort of impurity, such as dust, sand, saltpetre, fungus, old or flaky paint, lime, etc.
Mix the product well using an electric stirrer.
Apply on top of a coat of aplicaRev Acrylic Undercoat
Apply ACRYLIC MORTAR in sections using a trowel. Waitbetween 15 and 30 minutes (depending on weatherconditions), then trowel the mortar.
Trowel the mortar using circular movements. Trowel once the surface is reasonably solid.
If applying with a spray gun, up to 1 litre of water can be added.
Apply thicknesses of between 2 and 3 mm.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 183
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica
aplicaRev Acrylic MortarACRYLIC FINISHING MORTAR FOR NEW BUILDINGS AND RENOVATIONS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
PHYSICAL FEATURES
aplicaRev Acrylic Mortar is available in 25 kg plastic containers.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
Of the wet paint:
Appearance
Viscosity (at 24ºC) R7 100 RPM
Density
Solid content
pH
Finish
Of Aplicarev Acrylic Mortar:
Colours
Fineness
Drycoverage
Drying(at5ºCand500microns)
Yield
Creamy, highly-thixotropic dispersion
Matt textured, flat textured trowelled
100% at 150 microns
2 kg/m2, depending on parameters
Pág. 184
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplicaRev Acrylic Undercoat is a paint made with a copolymer dispersion, rich in high quality pigments.
aplica
• Easy to apply
• Improves adhesion
• Improves yield of aplicaRev Acrylic Mortar
DESCRIPTION
USESSpecially-developed to be used as a coloured undercoat in conjunction with aplicaRev Acrylic Mortar. For use on commonly-used construction materials.
WARNING ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
STORAGE
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºC or above 30ºC, in direct sunlight or when rain or frost are forecast.•Donotapplyonhorizontalsurfacesorslopedsurfacesatanangleoflessthan45°C.•Washalltoolsusedwithplentyofwater.
Avoid storing at cold temperatures or in places directlyexposed to the sun.
aplicaRevAcrylic UndercoatPRIMER FOR USE WITH ACRYLIC MORTAR
Apply with a brush, roller or spray gun.
The application surface must be dry, clean and free fromany sort of impurity, such as dust, sand, saltpetre, fungus, old or flaky paint, lime, etc. Concretes and mortars mustbe perfectly cured and neutralised.
Apply a coat of diluted aplicaRev Acrylic Undercoat, diluting with between 5 and 10% water.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
1
2
3
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 185
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica
aplicaRev Acrylic UndercoatPRIMER FOR USE WITH ACRYLIC MORTAR
AVAILABLE
NOTE
PHYSICAL FEATURES
aplicaRev Acrylic Undercoat is available in 20 kg plastic containers.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
Of the wet paint:
Appearance
Viscosity(at25°C)
Density
Solid content
pH
Finish
Of the undercoat:
Finish
Drycoverage
Drying(at5ºCand500microns)
Yield
Pág. 186
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
Renovation adhesive for indoor and outdoor repairs. Made with highly-resistant cement, screened and selected dry aggregate, additives and high performance resins.
Used as an adhesive for polystyrene boards (ETICS - External Thermal Insulation Composite Systems). Permeable to water vapor.
aplica
• Adhesive for use with polystyrene plates
• ETICS
• Renovation of façades
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACESThe surfaces must be stable, resistant, sound, flat and free from grease, oils and paint. Such as cement-based mortars, brickworks, concrete blocks...
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
APPLICATIONS
•Donotapplyontoplasterorpaintedsurfaces.•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted as this may lead to efflorescence.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Injointsbetweendifferentmaterialsorwherethereis a risk of cracking, reinforce the mortar with a fibreglass net.•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhot surfaces before applying the product.•Donotapplyontowaterproofedsurfaces.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Usewithin1yearofdateofpackaging.Storethe product in its original packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
Indoor and outdoor finishes on brick or concrete blocks,for the installation of mineral wool insulation panels. Apply by hand or using a spray machine.
aplicaRevRenovation
FAÇADE RENOVATION MORTAR
Check that the application surface is suitable and ready for use.
Mix until you obtain a paste of the required consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix again before applying.
Apply a thickness of 4 mm to the application surface. For greater thicknesses, apply in several layers.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
1
2
3
4
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 187
ACR
YLIC
FIN
ISH
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica
aplicaRev RenovationFAÇADE RENOVATION MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaTec Renovation is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatchedon shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
ACRYLIC FINISHING MORTARS
Mixing water
Apparent density of the product:
In powder format
In paste format
Set
Consumption
Reaction to fire
Pág. 189
AD
DIT
IVES
ADDITIVES
aplica Latex MultipurposeMULTIPURPOSE LATEX TO IMPROVE THE PROPERTIES OF MORTARS
aplica Façade WaterprooferCOLOURLESS SOLVENT-BASED FAÇADE WATERPROOFER
Pág. 190
AD
DIT
IVES
aplica ADDITIVES
Increasesmechanicalresistance
Waterproofing
Adhesive bridgewhen fresh
Improvesworkability
aplica LatexMultipurposeMULTIPURPOSE LATEX TO IMPROVE THE PROPERTIES OF MORTARS
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
COMPRESSIVESTRENGTH
aplica Latex is a multipurpose emulsion added to mortars to improve their flexural and compressive strength, waterproofing and for repairs.Aqueous dispersion of different polymers.
Stir well before use.
Add water and mix well.
If using the product with paint, mix directly with the paint.
If using as a primer, dilute 1 part with 4 parts water (consumption = 100 g/m2).
If repairing mortars - floor mortars, masonry mortars-, dilute 1 part with 3 parts water before mixing with the mortar (consumption = 1 kg for every 25 kg of mortar).
Additive to improve the mechanical resistance and adhesion of traditional cement, plaster or lime-based mortars.Additive to improve the mechanical resistance and adhesion of finishing and one-coat mortars.Additive to improve the properties of distempers or plastic paints.Adhesive bridge when fresh.Waterproofing mortars.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original closed packaging in a dry, covered place.
Mortar: 40 kg / cm2 after 28 days.Mortar+5%AplicaLatex:60kg/cm2after28days.
These results were obtained in tests carried out under standard conditions, and may vary as a result of the conditions in the area where the product is applied.
1
2
3
4
5
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 191
AD
DIT
IVES
aplica ADDITIVES
aplica Latex MultipurposeMULTIPURPOSE LATEX TO IMPROVE THE PROPERTIES OF MORTARS
AVAILABLE FORMATS
TECHNICAL FEATURES
NOTE
aplica Latex is available in boxes containing 10 containers of 1 l. and boxes containing 4 containers of 5 l.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Appearance
Viscosity(at24°C)
Density
Solid content
pH
Creamy thixotropic dispersion
129KU±10ku(Krebs-Stormer)
1,00±0,03Kg/l
40±2%
8,5±0,5
Pág. 192
AD
DIT
IVES
aplica ADDITIVES
Surfacewaterproofing
Speciallydesigned foruse on façades
Pearl effect
aplicaFaçade WaterprooferCOLOURLESS SOLVENT-BASED FAÇADE WATERPROOFER
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
APPLICATIONS
WARNINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
COMPRESSIVE STRENGH
aplica Façade Waterproofer is a ready-to-use waterproofing treatment, made with solvent-dissolved siloxanes, for a transparent, invisible protective coating. Use to waterproof surfaces exposed to rainwater: concrete, mortar, brick, tiles, fibre cement, etc., in general any absorbent surfaces of mineral origin. Prevents the accumulation of dirt and spread of fungi and algae.
All types of concrete.Mineral plasters.Brickwork.Natural stone.One-coat renders.
Before applying, ensure that the surface to be treated is dry and free from dust, grease and efflorescence. Any cracks on the surface should be repaired first with a repair mortar of aplicaTec Repair range.
Apply with a brush, roller or spraying machine.
Apply on continuous sections and avoid attempting to apply over scattered areas at once. Two coats are recommended (wet on wet).
Additive to improve the mechanical resistance of traditional cement, plaster or lime-based mortars.Additive to improve the mechanical resistance of finishing and one-coat mortars.Additive to improve the properties of distempers or plastic paints.Adhesive bridge when fresh.Waterproofing mortars.
Mortar: 40 kg / cm2 after 28 days.Mortar+5%AplicaLatex:60kg/cm2 after 28 days.
These results were obtained in tests carried out under standard conditions, and may vary as a result of the conditions in the area where the product is applied.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenfrostorrainare forecasted.•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storethe product in its original closed packaging in a dry, covered place.
1
2
3
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 193
AD
DIT
IVES
aplica ADDITIVES
aplica Façade WaterprooferCOLOURLESS SOLVENT-BASED FAÇADE WATERPROOFER
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
aplica Façade Waterproofer is available in tins of 20 l.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided
have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental
conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the
information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Yield
Appearance
Density
Dryingtime
Viscosity (at 24 ºC)
Active substance content
Fibre cement
Mortars
Mineral coatings
Bricks
Natural stone
Colourless transparent liquid
0,87±0,03Kg/l
8 hours
Similar to water
15%
2,5 - 0,45 l /m2
2,5 - 0,45 l/m2
0,15 - 2 l /m2
0,4 - 2 l/m2
0,05 - 3 l /m2
Pág. 195
SELF
-LEV
ELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS
aplica LevelFast CT C35-F6-RWFC 550ULTRA-FAST SELF-LEVELLING CEMENT-BASED MORTAR TO BE USED AS A SCREED OR TO LEVEL OUT INDOOR FLOORS
aplica Level CT C25-F6FAST SELF-LEVELLING CEMENT-BASED MORTAR TO BE USED AS A SCREED OR TO LEVEL OUT INDOOR FLOORS
Pág. 196
SELF
-LEV
ELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS STANDARDS
SELF-LEVELLING PASTES AND SELF-LEVELLING PASTES FOR FLOORSFEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS:
The aim of this standard is to establish the specifications for indoor floor screeds. The standard therefore does not apply to structural screeds, i.e., those that contribute to the bearing capacity of the structure.
There are different types of screeds:
Cement screed
Calcium sulphate screed
Magnesia screed
Asphalt mastic screed
Synthetic resin screed
CT
CA
MA
AS
SR
CEMENT SCREEDSContinuous screeds made with cement or a mixture of different types of cement as the bonding material. These types of screeds can be modified with redispersible resins if required.
CALCIUM SULPHATE SCREEDSContinuous screeds made with calcium sulphate as the bonding material.
MAGNESIA SCREEDSScreeds made with magnesium oxide or magnesium salts in an aqueous solution as the bonding material.
ASPHAL MASTIC SCREEDSContinuous screeds made with a bituminous emulsion as the bonding material.
SYNTHETIC RESIN SCREEDSContinuous screeds made with a synthetic resin as the bonding material, in fluid format or of a consistency which can be trowelled. When applied, these screeds turn into a hard layer as the result of a chemical reaction of the resin.
There are also screeds made with bonding materials made up of a combination of the materials outlined above. There are mortars which are made up of a mixture of synthetic resin and cement (epoxy cement, polyurethane cement), a mixture of cement and calcium sulphate, etc.Sometimes it is difficult to know how to classify such mixtures. The most logical option is to categorise them according to the bonding agent which gives the product the most relevant features or properties.
Standard UNE-EN 13813
TYPE ABBREVIATION
Pág. 197
SELF
-LEV
ELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS STANDARDS
Tensile strength
Impact resistance
Elastic modulus
pH
Consistency
Shrinkage and expansion
Setting time
Wear resistance to rolling wheel (floors)
Penetration resistance
Surface hardness
Wear resistance to rolling wheel
BCA -Wear resistance
Bohme -Wear resistance
Flexural strength
Compressive strength
Screed Type
O
Oª
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
Nª
N
N
EN 13892-8
ISO 6272
ISO 178
EN 13454-2
EN 13454-2 / EN 12706
EN 13454-2
EN 13454-2
EN 13892-7
EN 12697-20/21
EN 13892-6
EN 13892-5
EN 13892-4
EN 13892-3
EN 13892-2
EN 13892-2
Cem
ent
Cal
cium
Sul
pha
te
Mag
nesi
a
Asp
halt
Mas
tics
Synt
heti
c R
esin
Ab
bre
viat
ions
Test Methods
O
-
O
N
O
O
O
O
-
O
O
O
O
N
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
N
-
O
O
O
-
-
O
-
O
O
O
O
-
O
-
Nª
O
O
O
N
N
B
IR
E
-
-
-
-
RWFC
IC/IP
SH
RWA
AR
A
F
C
N
Nª
O
-
O
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
O
Compressive strength (C: Compression)The compressive strength is always declare for cement screeds, calcium sulfate, magnesia and is optional for those synthetic resin screeds. These are the various existing classes, which in the cases defined above they must be declared either on the delivery note or on the sack, with the corresponding CE mark.
Flexural strength (F: Flexural)The bending strength must always declare for cement screeds, calcium sulfate, magnesia and is optional for those resin screeds. These are the different existing classes. In the cases defined above, they must be specified either on the delivery note or on the sack, with their corresponding CE mark.
Rolling wheel resistance for floor coverings (RWFC: Rolling Wheel Floor Covering) EN 13892-7It is an optional feature for all types of floorings, characterizing the rolling wheel resistance of those screeds that will later be covered with light floorings (eg. PVC).
Class C5 C7 C12 C16 C20 C25 C30 C35 C40 C50 C60 C70 C80N/mm² 5 7 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80
Class F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F10 F15 F20 F30 F40 F50N/mm² 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 50
Class RWFC150 RWFC250 RWFC350 RWFC450 RWF550Load N 150 250 350 450 550
Met Requirements by Each Type of Screed
Nª
Pág. 198
SELF
-LEV
ELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS STANDARDS
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS ADVANTAGES
• Electrical resistance (EN 1081)• Chemical resistance (EN 13529)• Reaction to fire (EN 13501-1)• Emission of corrosive substances or screeds corrosiveness • Water vapour permeability (EN 12086)• Thermal resistance (EN 12524 / EN 12664)• Water permeability (EN 1062-3)• Impact sound insulation (EN ISO 140-6)• Sound absorption (EN 12354-6 / EN ISO 354)• Other features
ADVANTAGES OF CEMENT SCREEDS • An important factor when it comes to choosing screed type is the speed of the setting process (trafficable after 3-4 hours).
• Drying speed is another advantage, as this means that we can start using or covering the surface as quickly as possible (e.g. laying parquet).
• Abrasion on finishing coat mortars.
• High compressive strength for industrial floors.
• Easy to apply for fluid products.
• Thick screeds at reasonable prices.
Special features
Advantages of each screed type
The following features are for special services.
Pág. 199
SELF
-LEV
ELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS ADVANTAGES
Features to fulfill each type of screed
Generally speaking, floors are usually safe to walk on when they have a compressive strength of 10 N/mm2. As a result, the faster the screed sets and reaches this compressive strength of 10 N/mm2, the sooner we can walk on the floor.
A floor needs to have a minimum compressive strength of approximately 20 N/mm2 before a forklift truck can be driven over it.
In order to be able to bear heavy traffic, floors must have a compressive strength of more than 35 N/mm2, so the minimum screed hardness must be C35.
Although the choice in each case depends greatly on the specific purpose of a particular screed, generally speaking we can say that an average floor will need to meet the following technical requirements:
Compressive strength: > 20 N/mm2
Tensile strength: > 1 N/mm2
Flexural strength: > 5 N/mm2
Shrinkage: < 1 mm/m
Pág. 200
SELF
-LEV
ELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
Ultra-fast self-levelling cement-based mortar to be used as a screed or to level out indoor floors which will be covered later. (Ceramics, natural stone, parquet, carpets, synthetic floors, etc.)•Easytoapplyduetohighfluidity•Driesandhardensveryquickly•Strongadhesivebond•CanbepouredorsprayedontotheapplicationsurfaceMortar classified as:UNE-EN 13813 Modified - Polymer CT C35-F6-RWFC 550.According to EN 13.892-7 (Rolling wheel resistance for floor coverings) it is a RWFV 550, which corresponds to the maximum possible resistance.
aplica
• Self-levelling
• Thicknesses of 1-10 mm
• Ultra-fast
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION SURFACES•Thesurfacesontowhichtheproductisappliedmustbe clean, sound and free from oils, grease, paint and traces of plaster.•Thesurfacemustbepreparedmechanicallybeforeapplication so that it has open pores.•Fillinanyholesandgapsthedaybeforeyouapplythis product.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbemoistenedbeforetheproduct is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
APPLICATIONS
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Alwaysusetheexactspecifiedamountofwater.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Compatiblewiththeadhesivesnormallyusedforthis type of floor finishing.•Noneedtouseprimers.Highlyabsorbentsurfacesshould be saturated before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.•Donotuseonoutdoorfloorsorsurfacesexposedtoconstant moisture.•Donotapplyontometalsurfaces.•Donotapplydirectlyontoanhydritefloors.•Donotapplyontosurfacessubjectedtobendingstress.•Forthicknessesgreaterthan10mm,add30%of0-4 mm sand (maximum thickness 20 mm).•Iflayingparquet,applyaminimumthicknessof3mm.•Iflayinglightpaving,itisbettertosandthesurfacefirst.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandling this cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
•Levellingandsmoothingconcreteandmortarsurfaces•Surfacescreed.
aplicaLevelFastCT C35-F6-RWFC 550 UNE-EN 13.813 MODIFIED - POLYMERCT C35-F6-RWFC 550
Gradually mix the mortar with water (5,25 litres per 25 kgsack).Donotusetoomuchwater.
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm for 3 minutes until you obtain a smooth, fluid paste.
Pour the product over the surface, spreading it out with a trowel or scraper.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS
1
2
3
Ultra-fast self-levelling cement-based mortar, used as a screed or to level out floors
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 201
SELF
-LE
VELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica
aplica LevelFast CT C35-F6-RWFC 550EN 13813 CT C35- F6 MODIFIED - POLYMER MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
EARLY RESISTANCES
aplica LevelFast is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).Storage: up to 9 months after manufacturing in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS
Mixing water Surface Moisture 24 h (22º/50% h)21 % (5,25 l x sack) 4,5 %
Colour Adhesive bond with concrete after 28 days
Grey mortar
Water (%)
Water (%)
Compressive Strength (N/mm2)
Compressive Strength (N/mm2)
19 % ( l x sack)
6 hours 12 hours 24 hours
19,421 % (5,25 l x sack) 25,6 29,3
36,0 41,7
28 days
21 % ( l x sack) 35,1
23 % ( l x sack) 23,0 28,3
Compressive strengthafter 28 days (21% water) Mixture open time*35,1 N/mm2
20 min.
< 2 hoursFlexural strength after28 days (21% water) Set time*
MixtureDensity(Kg/l) Trafficable (22ºc)*Approx. 2,12 3 hours
Grain size Coverage (22ºC)*0- 0,6 mm 12 hours
Coat thickness Shrinkage (mm/m)1-10 mm < 0,7mm/m
< 2 N/mm2
Consumption
* These times may vary depending in environmental and weather conditions for parquet floors, the time increases to 24 hours.
Fire classification(EN 13501-1)
2,1 Kg per m2 and mm thickness A1
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
In accordance with UNE-EN 196-1
Pág. 202
SELF
-LE
VELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
Fast self-levelling cement-based mortar to be used as a screed or to level out indoor floors which will be covered later. (Ceramics, natural stone, parquet, carpets, synthetic floors, etc.)•Easytoapplyduetohighfluidity•Hardensquickly•Strongadhesivebond•CanbepouredorsprayedontotheapplicationsurfaceMortar classified as:EN 13813 Modified - Polymer CT C35- F6
aplica
• Self-levelling
• Thicknesses of 1-6 mm
• Fast
DESCRIPTION
aplicaLevel CT C25-F6UNE-EN 13813 MODIFIED-POLYMER CT C25-F6
FAST SELF-LEVELLING CEMENT-BASED MORTAR, USED AS A SCREED OR TO LEVEL OUT FLOORS.
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS
REV_
02/1
0
APPLICATION SURFACES•Thesurfacesontowhichtheproductisappliedmustbeclean, sound and free from oils, grease, paint and traces of plaster.•Thesurfacemustbepreparedmechanicallybeforeapplication so that it has open pores.•Fillinanyholesandgapsthedaybeforeyouapplyanyproducts of the aplicaTec Repair’s range.•Absorbentsurfacesshouldbemoistenedbeforetheproduct is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.
Gradually mix the mortar with water (5,5 litres per 25 kg sack).Donotusetoomuchwater.
Mix mechanically with clean water at low rpm for 3 minutes until you obtain a smooth, fluid paste.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and then mix again briefly.
Pour the product over the surface, spreading it out with a trowel or scraper.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1
2
3
4
APPLICATIONS•Levellingandsmoothingconcreteandmortarsurfaces•Surfacescreed
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5°Corabove35°C.•Alwaysusetheexactspecifiedamountofwater.•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotaddany kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.•Compatiblewiththeadhesivesnormallyusedforthistype of floor finishing.•Noneedtouseprimers.Highlyabsorbentsurfacesshould be saturated before the product is applied. Make sure that no puddles form on the surface.•Donotuseonoutdoorfloorsorsurfacesexposedtoconstant moisture.•Donotapplyontometalsurfaces.•Donotapplydirectlyontoanhydritefloors.•Donotapplyontosurfacessubjectedtobendingstress.•Iflayingparquet,applyaminimumthicknessof3mm.•Iflayinglightpaving,itisbettertosandthesurfacefirst.•Werecommendwearingrubbergloveswhenhandlingthis cement-like product.•Alltoolsmustbewashedimmediatelyafteruse.Ifthe product is allowed to dry, it will only be possible to remove it by mechanical means.
Pág. 203
SELF
-LE
VELL
ING
MO
RTA
RS
aplica
aplica Level CT C25-F6FAST SELF-LEVELLING CEMENT-BASED MORTAR, USED AS A SCREED OR TO LEVEL OUT FLOORS.
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplica Level is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).Storage: up to 9 months after manufacturing in suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS
Mixing water
Colour
Compressive strength after 28 days (22% water)
Flexural strength after 28 days (21% water)
Compressive strength after 24 days (22% water)
7Days
MixtureDensity(kg/l)
Grain size
Coat thickness
Consumption
Adhesive bond with concrete after 28 days (N/mm²)
Mixture open time*
Set time (start/end)*
Trafficable (22ºC)*
Coverage (22ºC)*
Shrinkage (mm/m)
Fire classification (EN 13501-1)
22 % (5,50 l x sack)
Grey mortar
> 25 N/mm²
> 6 N/mm²
> 10 N/mm²
> 20 N/mm²
Approx. 2 Kg/l
0- 0,2 mm
2-6 mm
2,0 Kg per m² and per mm thickness
> 1,0 N/mm²
30-40 min
84 / 109 min
6 hours
24 hours
< 0,8 mm/m
A1fl
*These times may vary depending on environmentaland weather conditions.
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Pág. 205 MA
SON
RY
MO
RTA
RS
MASONRY MORTARS
aplicaSec White and GreyMASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
aplicaSec White and Grey HWATERPROOF MASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
aplicaSec Grey SRSULPHUR-RESISTANT MASONRY CEMENT MORTAR, DESIGNED FOR USE IN GYPSUM-RICH SOILS AND COAST AREAS
aplicaSec Grey H SRWATERPROOF SULPHUR-RESISTANT MASONRY CEMENT MORTAR,
SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR USE IN GYPSUM-RICH SOILS AND COAST AREAS
The European Standard which specifies the requirements for masonry mortars is Standard EN 998-2. Mortars are classified according to their use and compressive strength.
Standards
CLASSIFICATION OF MASONRY MORTARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UNE-EN 998-2
TYPE CLASS
Compressive Strength (N/mm2)
GENERAL PURPOSE MORTAR
LIGHTWEIGHT MORTAR
THIN LAYER / JOINTS MORTAR d= compressive strength > 25 N/mm2 declared by manufacturer
Pág. 206MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
Mortar made with white or grey Portland cement, aggregate of controlled grain size, and additives which improve the product’s workability and plasticity. General purpose masonry mortar (G), in accordance with UNE-EN 998-2.
• Class: M-7.5
• Masonry mortar
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONSMasonry factories (façades, exterior walls, pillars, partitions), grouting and laying ceramic bricks, concrete blocks, stonework. General masonry works.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS
aplicaSecWhite and GreyMASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and freefrom dust, paint and release agents. The surface must be free from any foreign substances.
Mix with 3,3 litres of clean water per sack using an electric mixer at low rpm. Add the water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the requiredconsistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix againbefore applying.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
General purpose industrial masonry mortar
1
2
3
REV_
02/1
0
•Donotapplyontoplaster.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenrainisforecasted.
•Theaggregateappliedmustbedry.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.
•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan15mm.
•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.
•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.
•Toincreasetheimpermeabilityandadhesion,mixwith a litre of aplica Latex per sack of mortar.
•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
•ForaplicaSec Grey, due to its composition, consistency in the color of the mortar is not guaranteed.
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
Pág. 207 MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
aplicaSec White and GreyMASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaSec White and Grey is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Mortar resistance once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
M-7.5
3,2 - 3,4 l/sack
> 7,5 M/mm2
> 7,5 M/mm2
1,85±0,1Kg/l
< 2 mm/m
< 2 mm
0,01 %
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
Pág. 208MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
Mortar made with white or grey Portland cement, aggregate of controlled grain size, and additives which improve the product’s workability and plasticity. General purpose masonry mortar (G), in accordance with UNE-EN 998-2.
• Class: M-7.5
• Masonry mortar
• Water resistant
DESCRIPTION
APLICATIONSMasonry factories (façades, exterior walls, pillars, partitions), grouting and laying ceramic bricks, concrete blocks, stonework. General masonry works.
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, paint and release agents. The surface must be free from any foreign substances.
Mix with 3,3 litres of clean water per sack using an electric mixer at low rpm. Add the water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the required consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix againbefore applying.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplyontoplaster.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenrainisforecasted.
•Theaggregateappliedmustbedry.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.
•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan15mm.
•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.
•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.
•Toincreasetheimpermeabilityandadhesion,mixwith a litre of aplica Latex per sack of mortar.
•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
•ForaplicaSec Grey, due to its composition, consistency in the color of the mortar is not guaranteed.
aplicaSecWhite and Grey HWATERPROOF MASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
General purpose industrial masonry mortar
1
2
3
REV_
02/1
0
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
Pág. 209 MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
aplicaSec White and Grey HWATERPROOF CEMENT MASONRY MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaSec White and Grey H is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks)
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Capillary action
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
3,6 - 3,8 l/sack
> 7,5 M/mm2
> 2,5 N/mm2
< 0,4 Kg/m2 . min0,5
1,85±0,1Kg/l
< 2 mm/m
< 2 mm
0,01 %
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
M-7.5
Pág. 210MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
Mortar made with sulphur-resistant cement, screened aggregate, aggregate of controlled grain size, and additives which improve the product’s workability and plasticity.General purpose masonry mortar (G), in accordance with UNE-EN 998-2.
• Sulphur-resistant bonding material
• Class: M-7.5
• Masonry mortar
• Gypsum-rich soils
• Coast areas
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONSMasonry factories (façades, exterior walls, pillars, partitions), grouting and laying ceramic bricks, concrete blocks, stonework. General masonry works. Recommended for gypsum-rich soils and coast areas.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONSaplica LatexaplicaSec Grey
aplicaSecGrey SRSULPHUR-RESISTANT MASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
General purpose industrial masonry mortar
1
2
3
REV_
02/1
0
The surfaces must be rough, hard, stable, clean, and free from dust, paint and release agents. The surface must be free from any foreign substances.
Mix with 3,3 litres of clean water per sack using an electric mixer at low rpm. Add the water gradually until you obtain a smooth, lump-free paste of the required consistency.
Leave the paste to stand for 2 minutes and mix againbefore applying.
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
Pág. 211 MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
aplicaSec Grey SRSULPHUR-RESISTANT MASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
NOTE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaSec Grey SR is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
The recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
3,2 - 3,4 l/sack
>7,5 N/mm2
>2,5 N/mm2
1,85±0,1Kg/l
< 2 mm/m
< 2 mm
0.01 %
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
M-7.5
Pág. 212MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
Mortar made with grey sulphur-resistant Portland cement, screened aggregate of controlled grain size, and additives which improve the product’s workability and plasticity.General purpose masonry mortar (G), in accordance withUNE-EN 998-2.
• Sulphur-resistant bonding material
• Class: M-7.5
• Masonry mortar
• Water resistant
• Gypsum-rich soils
• Coast areas
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONSMasonry factories (façades, exterior walls, pillars, partitions), grouting and laying ceramic bricks, concrete blocks, stonework. General masonry works.Recommended for gypsum-rich soils and coast areas.
WARNINGS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS•Donotapplyontoplaster.
•Donotapplythisproductwhenrainisforecasted.
•Theaggregateappliedmustbedry.
•Donotapplyattemperaturesbelow5ºCorabove 35ºC.
•Applytwocoatsforthicknessesgreaterthan15mm.
•Itisadvisabletomoistenabsorbentorveryhotsurfaces before applying the product and 24 hours afterwards in order to prevent the mortar from becoming overly dry or less strong.
•Thisproductisreadytomixwithwater.Donotadd any kind of additional substance which may alter its properties.
•Toincreasetheimpermeabilityandadhesion,mixwith a litre of aplica Latex per sack of mortar.
•Usewithin1yearofpackagingdate.Storetheproduct in its original sealed packaging in a dry, covered place protected from humidity.
•ForaplicaSec Grey, due to its composition, consistency in the color of the mortar is not guaranteed.
aplicaSecGrey H SRWATERPROOF SULPHUR-RESISTANT MASONRY CEMENT MORTAR
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
General purpose industrial masonry mortar,water resistant
1
2
3
REV_
02/1
0
Pág. 213 MA
SON
RYM
OR
TARS
aplicaSec Grey H SRWATERPROOF CEMENT MASONRY MORTAR
AVAILABLE FORMATS
TECHNICAL FEATURES
aplicaSec Grey H SR is available in 25 kg paper sacks with moisture-proof plastic lining, dispatched on shrink-wrapped pallets weighing a total of 1,600 kg (64 sacks).
aplica MASONRY MORTARS
Mixing water
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Capillary action
Mortar density once hardened
Shrinkage
Grain size
Chloride content
3,6 - 3,8 l/sack
> 7,5 M/mm2
> 2,5 M/mm2
< 0,4 Kg/m2 . min0,5
1,85±0.1Kg/l
< 2 mm/m
< 2 mm
0,01 %
NOTEThe recommendations for use are based on our own knowledge and experience. The technical data provided have been obtained under normal laboratory conditions, and may therefore vary according to the environmental conditions in the place where the product is used. As the application conditions are beyond our control, the information provided here does not imply that the company accepts responsibility for any variations.
M-7.5
Pág. 214
Alphabetical IndexTECHNICAL MORTARaplicaTec Fluid Repair R4 PCC Page 24-25aplicaTec Grout Page 30-31aplicaTec Grout AR Page 34-35aplicaTec Grout SR Page 32-33aplicaTec Pale Cosmetic R2 PCC Page 28-29aplicaTec Repair R4 PCC Page 22-23aplicaTec Steel Rebars Page 20-21aplicaTec Thick Grout Page 36-37aplicaTec Thin Repair R3 PCC Page 26-27
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVESaplicaCer Adhesive Paste D1 Page 82-83aplicaCer Extra Thick Layer C2T Page 70-71aplicaCer Flex C2TE S1 Page 74-75aplicaCer Flex Rapid C2FT S1 Page 76-77aplicaCer Flooring C2 Page 84-85aplicaCer Fluid C2FE S1 Page 80-81aplicaCer Grey or White CE Page 50-51aplicaCer Max C1TE S1 Page 64-65aplicaCer Outdoor White or Grey C1T Page 58-59aplicaCer Plaster Special CE Page 56-57aplicaCer Plasterboard C1TE S1 Page 62-63aplicaCer Plus C2E Page 66-67aplicaCer Porcelain C2TE S1 Page 72-73aplicaCer Special C1TE Page 60-61aplicaCer Super C2TE Page 68-69aplicaCer Super Flex C2TE S2 Page 78-79aplicaCer Thick Layer Page 54-55aplicaCer Thick Layer Large Format CE Page 52-53
CEMENT-BASED ADHESIVESFOR NATURAL STONELITONEX Macael White Page 92-93LITONEX Outdoors Page 94-95LITONEX Porous Page 96-97
JOINT MORTARSaplica Cement Remover Page 108-109aplica Ceramic Protector Page 106-107aplica Color 0-15 Page 102-103aplica Epoxi Joint Page 104-105aplica Lechada Page 110-111
SPECIAL MORTARSaplica Dry Page 114-115aplica Glass Page 116-117aplica Insulation Page 118-119aplica Plugging Mortar Page 122-123aplica Prompt Page 124-125aplica Refractory Page 120-121
FINISHING RENDERING MORTARSaplicaRev Fix Page 148-149aplicaRev One-Coat P Page 136-137aplicaRev One-Coat Printed Page 138-139aplicaRev One-Coat RM Page 134-135aplicaRev Spray-On Page 146-147aplicaRev Spray-On H Page 144-145aplicaRev Thin-Set Page 142-143aplicaRev Top Page 140-141
ECOLOGICAL FINISHING MORTARS(aplicaRev Lime)aplicaRev Lime Rendering Mortar Page 164-165aplicaRev Lime Stucco Page 162-163aplicaRev Lime Undercoat Mortar Page 160-161
ECOLOGICAL FINISHING MORTARS(Depolluting and Self-Cleaning)aplicaRev Spray-On TXDepolluting Page 168-169aplicaRev Spray-On TXSelf-Cleaning Page 170-171aplicaRev Thin-Set TXDepolluting Page 172-173aplicaRev Thin-Set TXSelf-Cleaning Page 174-175
ACRYLIC FINISHINGMORTARSaplicaRev Acrylic Mortar Page 180-181aplicaRev Acrylic Undercoat Page 182-183aplicaRev Renovation Page 184-185
ADDITIVESaplica Façade Waterproofer Page 190-191aplica Latex Multipurpose Page 188-189
SELF-LEVELLING MORTARSaplica Level CT C25-F6 Page 200-201aplica LevelFast Page 198-199
MASONRY MORTARSaplicaSec White and Grey H Page 206-207aplicaSec Grey H SR Page 210-211aplicaSec Grey SR Page 208-209aplicaSec White and Grey Page 204-205
Rev
isad
o: F
ebre
ro 2
010
Morteros especiales
www.cementoscapa.com
www.aplicamorteros.com
FACTORY
HEAD OFFICE
CUSTOMER SERVICE
EXPORT DEPARTMENT
APLICA MORTEROSPol. Ind. Abanilla 30640Abanilla, Murcia (SPAIN)Tel: +34 902 163 232 • +34 968 678 043Fax: +34 968 684 046
Pza. Carlos Cano, s/n. Edif. Brisas VI, 1º04006 Almería, Murcia (SPAIN)Tel: +34 950 620 620 Fax: +34 950 259 480
+34 902 16 32 [email protected]
+34 610 23 95 [email protected]
C.N. 342 Salinas – Archidona, km 185,5Polígono Industrial de Salinas29315 Salinas, Archidona, Málaga (SPAIN)
CUSTOMER SERVICETlf: +34 902 293 050 Fax: +34 952 717 801